Attached files

file filename
EX-3.1 - AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex31.htm
EX-99.1 - CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION III(B)(4) - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex991.htm
EX-21.1 - LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex211.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex312.htm
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF MOSS ADAMS LLP - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex231.htm
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex311.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex321.htm
EX-10.46 - SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1046.htm
EX-10.48 - CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1048.htm
EX-10.49 - CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1049.htm
EX-10.50 - CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1050.htm
EX-10.45 - AMENDMENT TO THE FIRST CALIFORNIA BANK SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1045.htm
EX-10.51 - CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1051.htm
EX-10.47 - CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex1047.htm
EX-99.2 - CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION III(B)(4) - First California Financial Group, Inc.dex992.htm
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

 

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

   For the transition period from                              to                             

Commission file number 000-52498

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   38-3737811

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3027 Townsgate Road, Suite 300

Westlake Village, California

  91361
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (805) 322-9655

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

Title of Each Class

  

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value    The Nasdaq Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     ¨  Yes    þ  No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    ¨  Yes    þ  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    þ  Yes    ¨  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨   Non-accelerated filer ¨   Smaller reporting company þ
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ¨  Yes    þ  No

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2009: $35,646,379

As of March 1, 2010, there were 11,622,048 shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

Part I

  

Item 1. Business

   1

Item 1A. Risk Factors

   16

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

   26

Item 2. Properties

   26

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

   28

Item 4. Reserved

   28

Part II

  

Item  5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   29

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

   30

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   31

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   64

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   64

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   107

Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures

   107

Item 9B. Other Information

   107

Part III

  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   108

Item 11. Executive Compensation

   115

Item  12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   125

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   128

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   129

Part IV

  

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   129

Signatures

  

Certifications

  


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

Our Business

As used herein, the term “First California Financial Group,” “First California,” “FCAL,” “the Company,” “our,” “us,” “we” or similar expression includes First California Financial Group, Inc. and First California Bank unless the context indicates otherwise.

Business of First California Financial Group

First California is a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA. First California’s primary function is to coordinate the general policies and activities of its bank subsidiary, First California Bank, or the Bank, as well as to consider from time to time other legally available investment opportunities. SC Financial is an inactive subsidiary of First California.

First California was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 7, 2006. The Company was formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of National Mercantile Bancorp, a California corporation, or National Mercantile, for the purposes of facilitating the mergers of National Mercantile and FCB Bancorp, a California corporation, or FCB. On March 12, 2007, National Mercantile merged with and into First California. Immediately thereafter, the parties completed the previously announced merger of FCB with and into First California. In this document, we refer to the two-step merger of National Mercantile into First California and FCB into First California as the Mergers. As a result of the Mergers, the separate corporate existence of National Mercantile and FCB ceased, and First California succeeded, and assumed all the rights and obligations of, National Mercantile, whose principal assets were the capital stock of two bank subsidiaries, Mercantile National Bank, or Mercantile, and South Bay Bank, N.A., or South Bay, and the rights and obligations of FCB, whose principal assets were the capital stock of First California Bank. On June 18, 2007, First California integrated its bank subsidiaries into First California Bank. All references to the Bank on or before June 18, 2007 refer to the Bank, Mercantile and South Bay.

Business of First California Bank

The Bank is a full-service commercial bank headquartered in Westlake Village, California. The Bank is chartered under the laws of the State of California and is subject to supervision by the California Department of Financial Institutions, or the DFI. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, insures its deposits up to the maximum legal limit.

On January 23, 2009, the Bank assumed the insured, non-brokered deposits of 1st Centennial Bank, totaling approximately $270 million, from the FDIC. The Bank also purchased approximately $178 million in cash and cash equivalents, $89 million of investment securities, $0.4 million of fixed assets and $101 million in loans related to the transaction. The assumption of deposits and purchase of assets from the FDIC, or the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction, was an all-cash transaction with an aggregate transaction value of $48.8 million. The Bank recorded $10.6 million in goodwill in connection with this transaction. All six of the former 1st Centennial Bank branches have been fully integrated into the Bank’s full-service branch network.

The Bank’s business strategy has been to attract individuals, professionals, and small- to mid-sized business borrowers in our primary service areas by offering a variety of loan products and a full range of banking services coupled with highly personalized service. The Bank’s operations are primarily located within the areas commonly known as the “101 corridor” stretching from the City of Ventura to Calabasas, California, the Moorpark-Simi Valley corridor, the western San Fernando Valley, the Tri-Cities area of Glendale-Burbank-Pasadena, the South Bay, the Inland Empire, north San Diego County, Century City and other parts of Los

 

1


Table of Contents

Angeles, Orange and Ventura Counties in Southern California. Our lending products include revolving lines of credit, term loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans and consumer and home equity loans, which often contain terms and conditions tailored to meet the specific demands of the market niche in which the borrower operates. Additionally, the Bank provides a wide array of deposit and investment products serving the comprehensive banking needs of businesses and consumers in Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, San Diego, Riverside and San Bernardino counties through traditional business and consumer banking, construction finance, SBA lending, entertainment finance and commercial real estate lending via 17 full-service branch locations.

Business loans, represented by commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and construction loans, comprise the largest portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans rely upon the cash flow originating from the underlying real property. Commercial real estate is a cyclical industry that is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by local supply and demand. Commercial loans rely upon the cash flow originating from the underlying business activity of the enterprise. The manufacture, distribution or sale of goods or sale of services are not only affected by general economic conditions but also by the ability of the enterprise’s management to adjust to local supply and demand conditions, maintain good labor, vendor and customer relationships, as well as market and sell their goods or services for a profit. Construction loans provide developers or owners with funds to build or improve properties that will ultimately be sold or leased. Construction loans are generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than other loan categories because they rely upon the developer’s or owner’s ability to complete the project within specified cost and time limits.

Consumer loans, a smaller component of the Bank’s loan portfolio, are represented by home mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit that are secured by first or second trust deeds on a borrower’s real estate property, typically their principal residence. These loans are dependent on a person’s ability to regularly pay the principal and interest due on the loan and, secondarily, on the value of real estate property that serves as collateral for the loan.

The Bank’s business strategy also stresses the importance of customer deposit relationships to support its lending activities. Checking deposits, savings deposits and certificates of deposits represent a significant low-cost and stable source of funds. Business customers are offered cash management products, including on-line banking and remote deposit capture, to meet their specific banking needs.

The Bank’s goal is to offer its customers a consistently high level of individualized personal service. Accordingly, in order to meet the changing needs of our customers, the Bank is constantly evaluating a variety of options to broaden the services and products it provides. The Bank’s strategy in attaining its goals has been to implement and maintain risk management and controls to achieve a safe and sound business policy, employing an aggressive marketing plan which emphasizes relationship banking and the “personal touch,” offering competitive products and managing growth. The Bank provides convenience through 17 banking offices with ATM access, 24 hour telephone access to account information, on-line banking, courier service and remote deposit capture. The diversity of our delivery systems enables customers to choose the method of banking that is most convenient for them. The Bank trains its staff to recognize each customer, greet them, and be able to address them by name so that they feel as if they have a “private banker.”

Financial and Statistical Disclosure

Certain of our financial and statistical information is presented within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements contained in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Competition

The banking business in California, generally, and in the Bank’s service areas, specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a number of major banks that have many offices operating over wide geographic areas. The Bank competes for deposits and loans principally with these

 

2


Table of Contents

major banks and other financial institutions located in our market areas. Among the advantages that the major banks have over the Bank are their ability to finance extensive advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand. Many of the major commercial banks operating in the Bank’s service areas offer certain services (such as trust and international banking services) that are not offered directly by the Bank and, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits. Moreover, all banks face increasing competition for loans and deposits from non-bank financial intermediaries such as mortgage companies, insurance companies, credit unions and securities firms.

In November 1999, the President signed the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or the GLBA, into law, which significantly changed the regulatory structure and oversight of the financial services industry. The GLBA revised the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and repealed the affiliation prohibitions of the Glass-Steagall Act of 1933. Consequently, a qualifying holding company, called a financial holding company, can engage in a full range of financial activities, including banking, insurance, and securities activities, as well as merchant banking and additional activities that are “financial in nature” or “incidental” to those financial activities. Expanded financial affiliation opportunities for existing bank holding companies are now permitted. Moreover, various non-bank financial services providers can acquire banks while also offering services like securities underwriting and underwriting and brokering insurance products. The GLBA also expanded passive investment activities by financial holding companies, permitting investments in any type of company, financial or non-financial, through acquisitions of merchant banking firms and insurance companies.

Given that the traditional distinctions between banks and other providers of financial services have been effectively eliminated, the Bank has faced and will continue to face additional competition from thrift institutions, credit unions, insurance companies and securities firms. Additionally, the Bank’s ability to cross-market banking products to existing customers or the customers of affiliated companies may make it more difficult to compete.

In order to compete, the Bank uses to the fullest extent possible the familiarity of its directors and officers with the market area and its residents and businesses and the flexibility that the Bank’s independent status will permit. This includes an emphasis on specialized services, local promotional activity, and personal contacts by directors, officers and other employees. The Bank uses advertising, including newspaper ads and direct mail pieces, to inform the community of the services it offers. The Bank also utilizes emerging marketing techniques, such as the Internet, to reach target markets. The Bank also has an active calling program where officers, including commissioned business development officers, contact targeted prospects to solicit both deposit and loan business.

The Bank has developed programs that are specifically addressed to the needs of consumers, professionals and small-to medium-sized businesses. In the event there are customers whose loan demands exceed the Bank’s lending limits, it arranges for such loans on a participation basis with other financial institutions and intermediaries. The Bank also assists those customers requiring other services not offered by the Bank to obtain those services from correspondent banks. In addition, the Bank offers ATM services, a night depository, remote deposit capture, courier services, bank-by-mail services, merchant windows, lockbox and direct deposit services.

The Bank’s management believes that the Bank’s reputation in the communities served and personal service philosophy enhance the ability to compete favorably in attracting and retaining individual, professional and business clients. The Bank also believes that it has an advantage over the larger national and “super regional” institutions because it is managed by locally-known, well-respected and experienced bankers. Moreover, our larger competitors may not offer adequate personalized banking services, since their emphasis is on large volume and standardized retail products.

The Bank also faces growing competition from other community banks. These institutions have similar marketing strategies, have also been successful and offer strong evidence regarding the potential success of the community banking sector.

 

3


Table of Contents

No assurance can be given that ongoing efforts to compete will continue to be successful.

Dependence on One or a Few Major Customers; Business Concentrations

No individual or single group of related accounts is considered material in relation to our total assets or to the assets or deposits of the Bank, or in relation to our overall business. However, approximately 74% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2009 consisted of real estate-secured loans, including commercial real estate loans, construction loans, home mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines of credit. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Position — December 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008.” Moreover, our business activities are currently focused primarily in Southern California, with the majority of our business concentrated in Ventura, Orange and Los Angeles Counties. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition are dependent upon the general trends in the Southern California economies and, in particular, the residential and commercial real estate markets. In addition, the concentration of our operations in Southern California exposes us to greater risk than other banking companies with a wider geographic base in the event of catastrophes, such as earthquakes, fires and floods in this region.

Internet Banking Services

The Bank maintains an internet website, which serves as an additional means of providing customer access to a variety of banking services, including 24/7 online banking. The Bank’s website address is www.fcbank.com. No information contained on the website is incorporated herein by reference.

Employees

At December 31, 2009, the Bank had 243 full-time equivalent employees. The Bank’s employees are not represented by any union or other collective bargaining agreement and the Bank considers its relations with employees to be excellent.

Supervision and Regulation

Recent Developments

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets and going concern threats to investment banks and other financial institutions, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or the EESA, was signed into law. Through its authority under the EESA, the Treasury announced in October 2008 the Troubled Asset Relief Program—Capital Purchase Program, or the CPP, a program designed to bolster healthy institutions, like First California, by making $250 billion of capital available to U.S. financial institutions in the form of preferred stock.

We participated in the CPP in December 2008 so that we could continue to lend and support our current and prospective clients, especially during this unstable economic environment. Since our participation in the CPP, we were able to increase the average balance of our commercial and consumer loans by $205.5 million, or 31 percent, from December 2008 to December 2009. Under the terms of our participation, we received $25 million in exchange for the issuance of preferred stock and a warrant to purchase common stock, and became subject to various requirements, including certain restrictions on paying dividends on our common stock and repurchasing our equity securities, unless the Treasury has consented. Additionally, in order to participate in the CPP, we were required to adopt certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance. These standards generally apply to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers, and include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation of senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) limiting golden parachute

 

4


Table of Contents

payments to certain senior executives; and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. To date, First California has complied with these requirements, but the Secretary of the Treasury is empowered under EESA to adopt other standards, with which First California would be required to comply. Additionally, the bank regulatory agencies, Treasury and the Office of Special Inspector General, also created by the EESA, have issued guidance and requests to the financial institutions that participated in the CPP to document their plans and use of CPP funds and their plans for addressing the executive compensation requirements associated with the CPP. First California will respond to such requests accordingly.

In February 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the ARRA, was enacted. Among other provisions, the ARRA amended the EESA and contains requirements imposed on financial institutions like us which have already participated in the CPP. These requirements expand the initial executive compensation restrictions under the CPP to include, among other things, application of the required clawback provision to our top twenty-five most highly compensated employees, prohibition of certain bonuses to our top five most highly compensated employees, expanded limitations on golden parachute payments to top ten most highly compensated employees, implementation of a company-wide policy regarding excessive and luxury expenditures, and requirement of a shareholder advisory vote on our executive compensation. Under the new ARRA requirements, we may redeem early the shares issued to the Treasury under the CPP without any early penalty or requirement to raise new capital, as previously required under the original terms of the CPP. However, until the shares are redeemed and for so long as we continue to participate in the CPP, we will remain subject to these expanded requirements, and any other requirements applicable to CPP participants that may be subsequently adopted.

The EESA also increased FDIC deposit insurance on most accounts from $100,000 to $250,000. This increase is currently in place until the end of 2013 and is not covered by deposit insurance premiums paid by the banking industry. In addition, the FDIC has implemented two temporary programs under the Temporary Liquidity Guaranty Program, or the TLGP, to provide deposit insurance for the full amount of most non-interest bearing transaction accounts through June 30, 2010 (for depository institutions that did not opt out prior to November 2, 2009) and to guarantee certain unsecured debt of financial institutions and their holding companies through June 2012. The Bank is not participating in the TLGP programs as of January 1, 2010. The FDIC charges “systemic risk special assessments” to depository institutions that participate in the TLGP. The FDIC has recently proposed that Congress give the FDIC expanded authority to charge fees to the holding companies which benefit directly and indirectly from the FDIC guarantees. See “FDIC Deposit Insurance” below.

General

Banking is a complex, highly regulated industry. The primary goals of the regulatory scheme are to maintain a safe and sound banking system, protect depositors and the FDIC insurance fund, and facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. This regulatory scheme is not designed for the benefit of stockholders of the Company or its successors. In furtherance of these goals, Congress and the states have created several largely autonomous regulatory agencies and enacted numerous laws that govern banks, bank holding companies and the financial services industry. Consequently, the growth and earnings performance of the Company or its successors and the Bank can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of applicable state and federal statues, regulations and the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the FRB, the FDIC, the DFI, and the United States Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury.

The commercial banking business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of the FRB. The FRB implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial intermediaries subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest

 

5


Table of Contents

rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. Indirectly, such actions may also impact the ability of non-bank financial institutions to compete with the Bank. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

The system of supervision and regulation applicable to financial services businesses governs most aspects of the business of the Company and the Bank, including: (i) the scope of permissible business; (ii) investments; (iii) reserves that must be maintained against deposits; (iv) capital levels that must be maintained; (v) the nature and amount of collateral that may be taken to secure loans; (vi) the establishment of new branches; (vii) mergers and consolidations with other financial institutions; and (viii) the payment of dividends.

From time to time laws or regulations are enacted which have the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding the scope of permissible activities, or changing the competitive balance between banks and other financial and non-financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations of banks and bank holding companies are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and by various bank and other regulatory agencies. For example, the U.S. House of Representatives has passed legislation that would, among other things, create a Consumer Financial Protection Agency that would have broad powers to regulate consumer financial services and products, create a Financial Stability Oversight Council with regulatory authority over certain financial companies and activities, and would give shareholders a “say on pay” regarding executive compensation. The Federal Reserve has also issued proposed guidance on incentive compensation to ensure that banking organizations’ incentive compensation policies do not undermine the safety and soundness of their organizations. Future changes in the laws, regulations or polices that impact the Company or its successors and the Bank cannot necessarily be predicted, but they may have a material effect on the business and earnings of the Company and the Bank.

Set forth below is a summary description of certain of the material laws and regulations that relate to our operations and those of the Bank. The description does not purport to be a complete description of these laws and regulations and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

Regulation of First California

As a registered bank holding company, First California and its subsidiaries are subject to the FRB’s supervision, regulation and examination under the BHCA. Under the BHCA, we are subject to periodic examination by the FRB. We are also required to file with the FRB periodic reports of our operations and such additional information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries as the FRB may require.

Under FRB regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner. In addition, it is the FRB’s policy that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the FRB to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the FRB’s regulations or both.

First California is required to obtain the FRB’s prior approval before acquiring ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities, or substantially all the assets, of any company, including a bank or bank holding company. Further, we are allowed to engage, directly or indirectly, only in banking and other activities that the FRB deems to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Pursuant to the GLBA, in order to elect and retain financial holding company status, all depository institution subsidiaries of a bank holding company must be well capitalized, well managed, and, except in limited circumstances, be in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act, or the CRA.

 

6


Table of Contents

First California’s securities are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As such, First California is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act, as well as the Marketplace Rules and other requirements promulgated by the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc.

First California is subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including, among other things, required executive certification of financial reports, increased requirements for board audit committees and their members, and enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.

First California’s earnings and activities are affected by legislation, by regulations and by local legislative and administrative bodies and decisions of courts in the jurisdictions in which First California and the Bank conduct business. For example, these include limitations on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us and our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. It is the policy of the FRB that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Various federal and state statutory provisions limit the amount of dividends that subsidiary banks can pay to their holding companies without regulatory approval. In addition to these explicit limitations, the federal regulatory agencies have general authority to prohibit a banking subsidiary or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Depending upon the circumstances, the agencies could take the position that paying a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. In addition, as discussed below under “Regulation of the Bank”, a bank holding company such as the Company is required to maintain minimum ratios of Tier 1 capital and total capital to total risk-weighted assets, as well as a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted quarterly average assets as defined in such regulations.

Under the terms of the CPP, for so long as any preferred stock issued under the CPP remains outstanding, First California is restricted from paying cash dividends on our common stock, and from making certain repurchases of equity securities, including common stock, without the Treasury’s consent until the third anniversary of the Treasury’s investment in our preferred stock or until the Treasury has transferred all of the preferred stock it purchased under the CPP to third parties.

Regulation of the Bank

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The Bank, as a California state chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to regulation, supervision, and regular examination by the DFI and the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum extent provided by law. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of the Bank’s business. California law exempts all banks from usury limitations on interest rates. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the Banks’ operations. Various consumer laws and regulations also affect the Banks’ operations, such as the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. These laws primarily protect depositors and other customers of the Bank, rather than First California or its stockholders.

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the State of California and the United States affect the operations of the Bank. State and federal statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including standards for safety and soundness, reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits and loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, locations of branch offices, fair lending requirements, Community Reinvestment Act activities and loans to affiliates. Further, the Bank is required to maintain certain levels of capital.

 

7


Table of Contents

Dividends and Capital Distributions

Dividends and capital distributions from the Bank constitute the principal source of cash to First California. The Bank is subject to various federal or state statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and capital distributions to its shareholder.

Under California law, banks may declare a cash dividend out of their net profits up to the lesser of retained earnings or the net income for the last three fiscal years (less any distributions made to shareholders during such period), or with the prior written approval of the DFI, in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (i) the retained earnings of the Bank, (ii) the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year or (iii) the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. In addition, under federal law, banks are prohibited from paying any dividends if after making such payment they would fail to meet any of the minimum regulatory capital requirements. The federal regulators also have the authority to prohibit state banks from engaging in any business practices which are considered to be unsafe or unsound, and in some circumstances the regulators might prohibit the payment of dividends on that basis even though such payments would otherwise be permissible.

The Bank may from time to time be permitted to make additional capital distributions to its shareholder with the consent of the DFI. It is not anticipated that such consent could be obtained unless the distributing bank were to remain “well capitalized” following such distribution.

Regulatory Capital Guidelines. Each of the Company and the Bank is required to maintain certain levels of capital. The FRB and the FDIC have substantially similar risk-based capital ratio and leverage ratio guidelines for banking organizations. The guidelines are intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Under the guidelines, banking organizations are required to maintain minimum ratios for Tier 1 capital and total capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. A depository institution’s or holding company’s capital, in turn, is classified in one of three tiers, depending on type:

 

   

Core Capital (Tier 1): Tier 1 capital includes common equity, retained earnings, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual stock at the holding company level, minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, and qualifying trust preferred securities less goodwill, most intangible assets and certain other assets.

 

   

Supplementary Capital (Tier 2): Tier 2 capital includes, among other things, perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities not meeting the Tier 1 definition, qualifying mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt, and allowances for possible loan and lease losses, subject to limitations.

 

   

Market Risk Capital (Tier 3): Tier 3 capital includes qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the regulatory capital guidelines and the actual capitalization levels for the Bank and the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

      Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective

Action Provision
 
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2009

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

   $ 133,078    12.69   $ 83,926    ³ 8.00     

First California Bank

     127,315    12.17     83,669    ³ 8.00   $ 104,587    ³ 10.00

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

     119,924    11.43     41,963    ³ 4.00     

First California Bank

     114,198    10.92     41,835    ³ 4.00     62,752    ³ 6.00

Tier I capital (to average assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

     119,924    8.52     56,324    ³ 4.00     

First California Bank

     114,198    8.08     56,507    ³ 4.00     70,633    ³ 5.00
     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

               

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

   $ 147,680    16.62   $ 71,102    ³ 8.00     

First California Bank

     109,022    12.27     71,110    ³ 8.00   $ 88,888    ³ 10.00

Tier I capital (to risk weighted assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

     139,530    15.70     35,551    ³ 4.00     

First California Bank

     100,873    11.35     35,555    ³ 4.00     53,333    ³ 6.00

Tier I capital (to average assets)

               

First California Financial Group, Inc.

     139,530    12.77     43,699    ³ 4.00     

First California Bank

     100,873    9.26     43,568    ³ 4.00     54,460    ³ 5.00

We recognize that a strong capital position is vital to growth, continued profitability, and depositor and investor confidence. Our policy is to maintain sufficient capital at not less than the well-capitalized thresholds established by banking regulators.

Basel and Basel II Accords, The current risk-based capital guidelines which apply to First California and the Bank are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. A new international accord, referred to as Basel II, became mandatory for large or “core” international banks outside the U.S. in 2008 (total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). Basel II emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, as well as supervisory assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements. It is optional for other banks, and if adopted, must first be complied with in a “parallel run” for two years along with the existing Basel I standards. In January 2009, the Basel Committee proposed to reconsider regulatory-capital standards, supervisory and risk-management requirements and additional disclosures to further strengthen the Basel II framework in response to recent worldwide developments. First California is not required to comply with Basel II. First California elected not to apply the Basel II requirements when they became effective.

Prompt Corrective Action and Other General Enforcement Authority. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, or FDICIA, requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or

 

9


Table of Contents

more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured banks. Each federal banking agency has issued regulations defining five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized.” Under the regulations, a bank shall be deemed to be:

 

   

“well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or more, has a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% or more, and is not subject to specified requirements to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure;

 

   

“adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0% or more, and a leverage capital ratio of 4.0% or more (3.0% under certain circumstances) and does not meet the definition of “well capitalized”;

 

   

“undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0%, or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 4.0% (3.0% under certain circumstances);

 

   

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0% or a leverage capital ratio that is less than 3.0%; and

 

   

“critically undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%.

Banks are prohibited from paying dividends or management fees to controlling persons or entities if, after making the payment, the bank would be “undercapitalized,” that is, the bank fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to “undercapitalized” banks. Banks classified as “undercapitalized” are required to submit acceptable capital plans guaranteed by their holding companies, if any. Broad regulatory authority was granted with respect to “significantly undercapitalized” banks, including forced mergers, growth restrictions, ordering new elections for directors, forcing divestiture by its holding company, if any, requiring management changes, and prohibiting the payment of bonuses to senior management. Even more severe restrictions are applicable to “critically undercapitalized” banks, those with capital at or less than 2%. Restrictions for these banks include the appointment of a receiver or conservator. All of the federal banking agencies have promulgated substantially similar regulations to implement this system of prompt corrective action.

A bank, based upon its capital levels, that is classified as “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition, or an unsafe or unsound practice, warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies, however, may not treat an institution as “critically undercapitalized” unless its capital ratios actually warrant such treatment.

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal banking agencies for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced, the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties. The enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders may be based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

In February 2010, the Board of Directors of First California and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, or the Reserve Bank, entered into an informal agreement, or the informal agreement, between the Company and

 

10


Table of Contents

the Reserve Bank. The informal agreement requires the Board of Directors to take all appropriate steps to fully utilize its financial and managerial resources to assist the Company and the Bank in functioning in a safe and sound manner pursuant to Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. It also restricts the ability of the Company to: (a) receive dividends or any other form of payment or distribution representing a reduction of capital from the Bank without the prior written approval from the Reserve Bank; (b) declare or pay dividends, make any payments on trust preferred securities, or make any other capital distributions, without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (c) directly or indirectly incur, renew, increase or guarantee any debt, without prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (d) directly or indirectly issue any trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; and (e) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

The DFI, as the primary regulator for California state-chartered banks, also has a broad range of enforcement measures, from cease and desist powers and the imposition of monetary penalties to the ability to take possession of a bank, including causing its liquidation.

Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) asset growth; (v) earnings; and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits.

In addition, the federal banking agencies have also adopted safety and soundness guidelines with respect to asset quality and for evaluating and monitoring earnings to ensure that earnings are sufficient for the maintenance of adequate capital and reserves. These guidelines provide six standards for establishing and maintaining a system to identify problem assets and prevent those assets from deteriorating. Under these standards, an insured depository institution should (i) conduct periodic asset quality reviews to identify problem assets; (ii) estimate the inherent losses in problem assets and establish reserves that are sufficient to absorb estimated losses; (iii) compare problem asset totals to capital; (iv) take appropriate corrective action to resolve problem assets; (v) consider the size and potential risks of material asset concentrations; and (vi) provide periodic asset quality reports with adequate information for management and the board of directors to assess the level of asset risk.

Transactions with Affiliates. Under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation W, loans by the Bank to affiliates, investments by them in affiliates’ stock, and taking affiliates’ stock as collateral for loans to any borrower is limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital, in the case of any one affiliate, and is limited to 20% of the Bank’s capital, in the case of all affiliates. The Bank’s holding company and any subsidiaries it may purchase or organize are deemed to be affiliates of the Bank within the meaning of Section 23A and 23B and Regulation W. In addition, transactions between the Bank and other affiliates must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; in particular, a bank and its subsidiaries generally may not purchase from an affiliate a low-quality asset, as defined in the Federal Reserve Act. These restrictions also prevent a bank holding company and its other affiliates from borrowing from a banking subsidiary of the bank holding company unless the loans are secured by marketable collateral of designated amounts. The Company or its successors and the Bank are also subject to certain restrictions with respect to engaging in the underwriting, public sale and distribution of securities.

Loans to Insiders. Extensions of credit by the Bank to insiders of both the Bank and First California are subject to prohibitions and other restrictions imposed by federal regulations. For purposes of these limits, “insiders” include directors, executive officers and principal shareholders of the Bank or First California and their related interests. The term “related interest” means a company controlled by a director, executive officer or principal shareholder of the Bank or First California. The Bank may not extend credit to an insider of the Bank or First California unless the loan is made on substantially the same terms as, and subject to credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with

 

11


Table of Contents

non-insiders. Under federal banking regulations, the Bank may not extend a loan to insiders in an amount greater than $500,000 without prior board approval (with any interested person abstaining from participating directly or indirectly in the voting). The federal regulations place additional restrictions on loans to executive officers, and generally prohibit loans to executive officers other than for certain specified purposes. The Bank is required to maintain records regarding insiders and extensions of credit to them.

Federal Deposit Insurance. The FDIC insures our customer deposits through the Deposit Insurance Fund, or the DIF, up to prescribed limits for each depositor. Pursuant to the EESA, the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage was temporarily raised from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. The legislation provides that the basic deposit insurance limit will return to $100,000 after June 30, 2010.

The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. Effective February 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule to uniformly increase 2009 FDIC deposit assessment rates by 7 to 9 cents for every $100 of domestic deposits. For banks in Risk Category I, the deposit assessment is now 12 to 16 cents for total qualified deposits compared to 5 to 7 cents in the prior two years.

On May 22, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus its Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $668,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2009 to reflect the special assessment.

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted another final rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009. Under the rule, the assessment rate for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for 2010 are based on each institution’s total base assessment rate for the third quarter of 2009, modified to assume that the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 had been in effect for the entire third quarter, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 will be equal to the modified third quarter assessment rate plus an additional 3 basis points. In addition, each institution’s base assessment rate for each period will be calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. Our prepayment amount was $9.4 million.

On October 16, 2008, the FDIC announced the TLGP. The final rule was adopted on November 26, 2008. The FDIC stated that its purpose is to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system through two limited guarantee programs: the Debt Guarantee Program, or DGP, and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Insured depository institutions and most U.S. bank holding companies are eligible to participate. Participation in both programs is voluntary and the Bank elected to participate in both parts of the TLGP. The DGP guarantees newly issued senior unsecured debt that is issued on or before June 30, 2009 and matures before June 12, 2012. Institutions participating in the DGP are charged a fee of 50 to 100 basis points for new unsecured issuances based on the term to maturity of the newly issued debt. As of the date of this report, the Bank has not issued any new debt under the DGP. The Transaction Account Guarantee Program guarantees the entire balance of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts (defined as transaction accounts bearing interest rates of 50 basis points or less), through December 31, 2009. Institutions participating in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program are charged a 10-basis point fee on the balance of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts exceeding the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000. The Bank’s participation in the Transaction Account Guarantee Program ended on December 31, 2009.

FDIC insurance premiums increased significantly in 2009 compared to prior years and included a special assessment of $0.7 million. FDIC insurance expense was $2.9 million and $0.7 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. FDIC insurance expense is estimated to be approximately $2.5 million in 2010.

Money Laundering and Currency Controls. Various federal statutory and regulatory provisions are designed to enhance record-keeping and reporting of currency and foreign transactions. Pursuant to the Bank Secrecy Act,

 

12


Table of Contents

financial institutions must report high levels of currency transactions or face the imposition of civil monetary penalties for reporting violations. The Money Laundering Control Act imposes sanctions, including revocation of federal deposit insurance, for institutions convicted of money laundering.

The International Money Laundering Abatement and Financial Anti-Terrorism Act of 2001, or the IMLAFATA, a part of the USA Patriot Act, authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other government agencies, to adopt special measures applicable to banks and other financial institutions to enhance record-keeping and reporting requirements for certain financial transactions that are of primary money laundering concern. Among its other provisions, IMLAFATA requires each financial institution to: (i) establish an anti-money laundering program; (ii) establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls with respect to its private banking accounts and correspondent banking accounts involving individuals and certain foreign banks; and (iii) avoid establishing, maintaining, administering, or managing correspondent accounts in the United States for, or on behalf of, a foreign bank that does not have a physical presence in any country. In addition, IMLAFATA contains a provision encouraging cooperation among financial institutions, regulatory authorities and law enforcement authorities with respect to individuals, entities and organizations engaged in, or reasonably suspected of engaging in, terrorist acts or money laundering activities.

The Treasury’s regulations implementing IMLAFATA mandate that federally-insured banks and other financial institutions establish customer identification programs designed to verify the identity of persons opening new accounts, maintain the records used for verification, and determine whether the person appears on any list of known or suspected terrorists or terrorist organizations.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending. The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and CRA activities. The CRA is intended to encourage insured depository institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The CRA specifically directs the federal bank regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to assess their record of helping to meet the credit needs of their entire community, including low-and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. The Bank’s compliance with the CRA is reviewed and evaluated by the FDIC, which assigns the Bank a publicly available CRA rating at the conclusion of the examination.

The federal banking agencies have adopted regulations which measure a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations on a performance-based evaluation system. This system bases CRA ratings on an institution’s actual lending service and investment performance rather than the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the FDIC assigns a rating of “outstanding”, “satisfactory”, “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance”. Failure of an institution to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit such institution or its holding company from undertaking certain activities, including acquisitions.

The Bank had a CRA rating of “Satisfactory” as of its most recent regulatory examination.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act. On July 30, 2002, the President signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act aims to restore the credibility lost as a result of high profile corporate scandals by addressing, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. The NASDAQ Stock Market has adopted corporate governance rules intended to allow shareholders to more easily and effectively monitor the performance of companies and directors. The principal provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, many of which have been interpreted through regulations released in 2003, provide for and include, among other things: (i) the creation of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (ii) auditor independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (iii) additional corporate governance and

 

13


Table of Contents

responsibility measures, including the requirement that the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of a public company certify financial statements; (iv) the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; (v) an increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain requirements relating to, audit committees of public companies and how they interact with that company’s independent auditors; (vi) requirements that audit committee members must be independent and are barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer; (vii) requirements that companies disclose whether at least one member of the audit committee is a “financial expert’ (as such term is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, (or “SEC”) and if not disclosed, why the audit committee does not have a financial expert; (viii) expanded disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions by insiders and a prohibition on insider trading during pension blackout periods; (ix) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on non-preferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; (x) disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; (xi) a range of enhanced penalties for fraud and other violations; and (xii) expanded disclosure and certification relating to an issuer’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting.

As a result of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and its implementing regulations, we have incurred substantial costs to interpret and ensure compliance with the law and its regulations. Future changes in the laws, regulation, or policies that impact us cannot necessarily be predicted and may have a material effect on our business and earnings.

Environmental Regulation. Federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding the discharge of harmful materials into the environment may have an impact on the Bank. Since the Bank is not involved in any business that manufactures, uses or transports chemicals, waste, pollutants or toxins that might have a material adverse effect on the environment, the Bank’s primary exposure to environmental laws is through its lending activities and through properties or businesses the Bank may own, lease or acquire. Based on a general survey of the Bank’s loan portfolio, conversations with local appraisers and the type of lending currently and historically done by the Bank, management is not aware of any potential liability for hazardous waste contamination that would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its successors as of the date of this report.

Safeguarding of Customer Information and Privacy. In 1970, the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, or the FCRA, was enacted to insure the confidentiality, accuracy, relevancy and proper utilization of consumer credit report information. The FCRA affirmatively preempts state law in a number of areas, including the ability of entities affiliated by common ownership to share and exchange information freely, and the requirements on credit bureaus to reinvestigate the contents of reports in response to consumer complaints, among others.

The Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act, or the FACT Act, became law in 2003, effectively extending and amending provisions of the FCRA. The FACT Act created many new responsibilities for consumer reporting agencies and users of consumer reports. It contains many new consumer disclosure requirements as well as provisions to address identity theft.

The FRB and other bank regulatory agencies have adopted guidelines for safeguarding confidential, personal customer information. These guidelines require financial institutions to create, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazard to the security or integrity of such information and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank has adopted a customer information security program to comply with such requirements.

Federal banking rules also limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide: (i) initial notices to

 

14


Table of Contents

customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates; (ii) annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and (iii) a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties. These privacy provisions affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. We have implemented our privacy policies in accordance with the law.

In recent years, a number of states have implemented their own versions of privacy laws. For example, in 2003, California adopted standards that are more restrictive than federal law, allowing bank customers the opportunity to bar financial companies from sharing information with their affiliates. More specifically, the California Financial Information Privacy Act requires a financial institution to provide specific information to a consumer related to the sharing of that consumer’s nonpublic personal information. The Act allows a consumer to direct the financial institution not to share his or her nonpublic personal information with affiliated or nonaffiliated companies with which a financial institution has contracted to provide financial products and services, and requires that permission from each such consumer be acquired by a financial institution prior to sharing such information.

Patriot Act. On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, known as the Patriot Act. The Patriot Act was designed to deny terrorists and others the ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, and has significant implications for depository institutions and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act, as implemented by various federal regulatory agencies, required financial institutions, including the Bank, to implement policies and procedures or amend existing policies and procedures with respect to, among other matters, anti-money laundering, compliance, suspicious activity and currency transaction reporting and due diligence on customers. The Patriot Act and its underlying regulations also permit information sharing for counter-terrorist purposes between federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well as among financial institutions, subject to certain conditions, and require the FRB and other federal banking agencies to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering activities when considering applications filed under Section 3 of the BHCA or the Bank Merger Act. The Bank has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures to address the requirements of the Patriot Act. The Bank believes that the ongoing cost of compliance with the Patriot Act is not likely to be material to the Bank.

Other Aspects of Banking Law. The Bank is also subject to federal statutory and regulatory provisions covering, among other things, security procedures, insider and affiliated party transactions, management interlocks, electronic funds transfers, funds availability, and truth-in-savings. There are also a variety of federal statutes which regulate acquisitions of control and the formation of bank holding companies.

Impact of Monetary Policies

Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rate paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings and the interest rate earned on its loans, securities and other interest-earning assets comprises the major source of a Bank’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors which are beyond the Bank’s control and, accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Bank are subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, including inflation, recession, and unemployment; and also to the influence of monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession, by:

 

   

Open-market dealings in United States government securities;

 

   

Adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to reserve requirements; and

 

   

Adjusting the discount rate applicable to borrowings by banks which are members of the Federal Reserve System.

 

15


Table of Contents

The actions of the FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits and also affect interest rates. The nature and timing of any future changes in the FRB’s policies and their impact on the Company and its successors and the Bank cannot be predicted; however, depending on the degree to which our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are rate sensitive, increases in rates would have a temporary effect of increasing our net interest margin, while decreases in interest rates would have the opposite effect. In addition, adverse economic conditions could make a higher provision for loan losses a prudent course and could cause higher loan charge-offs, thus adversely affecting our net income or other operating costs.

Available Information

We maintain an Internet website at www.fcalgroup.com, and a website for First California Bank at www.fcbank.com. At www.fcalgroup.com and via the “Investor Relations” link at the Bank’s website, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such forms are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549 on official business days during the hours of 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may obtain copies of the Company’s filings on the SEC site. These documents may also be obtained in print upon request by our shareholders to our Investor Relations Department.

You may contact our Investor Relations Department at First California Financial Group, Inc., 3027 Townsgate Road, Suite 300, Westlake Village, California 91361, telephone number (805) 322-9655.

(All website addresses given in this document are for information only and are not intended to be an active link or to incorporate any website information into this document.)

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including our principal executive officer and senior financial officers, in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder. The code of ethics is available on our website at www.fcalgroup.com and also upon request, at no charge. Requests for copies should be directed to: Investor Relations Department, 3027 Townsgate Road, Suite 300, Westlake Village, California 91361, telephone number (805) 322-9655. In the Corporate Governance section of our corporate website we have also posted the charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Governance and Nominating Committee.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Ownership of our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the other information set forth herein. Unless otherwise specified, references to “we,” “our” and “us” in this subsection mean First California and its subsidiaries.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.

The global, U.S. and California economies are experiencing significantly reduced business activity and consumer spending as a result of, among other factors, disruptions in the capital and credit markets during the past year. Dramatic declines in the housing market during the past year, with falling home prices and increasing

 

16


Table of Contents

foreclosures and unemployment, have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. A sustained weakness or weakening in business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business could have one or more of the following adverse effects on our business:

 

   

a decrease in the demand for loans or other products and services offered by us;

 

   

a decrease in the value of our loans or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate;

 

   

a decrease to deposit balances due to overall reductions in the accounts of customers;

 

   

an impairment of certain intangible assets or investment securities;

 

   

a decreased ability to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us or at all; or

 

   

an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us. An increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provision for credit losses, which would reduce our earnings

Until conditions improve, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to be adversely affected.

Recent and future legislation and regulatory initiatives to address current market and economic conditions may not achieve their intended objectives, including stabilizing the U.S. banking system or reviving the overall economy.

Recent and future legislative and regulatory initiatives to address current market and economic conditions, such as EESA or the ARRA, may not achieve their intended objectives, including stabilizing the U.S. banking system or reviving the overall economy. EESA was enacted in October 2008 to restore confidence and stabilize the volatility in the U.S. banking system and to encourage financial institutions to increase their lending to customers and to each other. Treasury and banking regulators have implemented, and likely will continue to implement, various other programs under this legislation to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system, including the Troubled Asset Relief Program, or TARP, the CPP, President Obama’s Financial Stability Plan announced in February 2009, the ARRA and the FDIC’s TLGP. There can be no assurance as to the actual impact that any of the recent, or future, legislative and regulatory initiatives will have on the financial markets and the overall economy. Any failure of these initiatives to help stabilize or improve the financial markets and the economy, and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of our common stock.

Current levels of market volatility are unprecedented.

The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption for more than a year. The volatility and disruption has reached unprecedented levels. In some cases, the markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additional requirements under our regulatory framework, especially those imposed under ARRA, EESA or other legislation intended to strengthen the U.S. financial system, could adversely affect us.

Recent government efforts to strengthen the U.S. financial system, including the implementation of ARRA, EESA, the TLGP and special assessments imposed by the FDIC, subject participants to additional regulatory fees

 

17


Table of Contents

and requirements, including corporate governance requirements, executive compensation restrictions, restrictions on declaring or paying dividends, restrictions on share repurchases, limits on executive compensation tax deductions and prohibitions against golden parachute payments. These requirements, and any other requirements that may be subsequently imposed, may have a material and adverse affect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our growth presents certain risks, including a possible decline in credit quality or capital adequacy.

The asset growth experienced by National Mercantile and FCB in the years prior to the Mergers and by First California after the Mergers presents certain risks. While we believe we have maintained good credit quality notwithstanding such growth, rapid growth is frequently associated with a decline in credit quality. Accordingly, continued asset growth could lead to a decline in credit quality in the future. In addition, continued asset growth could cause a decline in capital adequacy for regulatory purposes, which could in turn cause us to have to raise additional capital in the future to maintain or regain “well capitalized” status as defined under applicable banking regulations.

Our performance and growth are dependent on maintaining a high quality of service for our customers, and will be impaired by a decline in our quality of service.

Our growth will be dependent on maintaining a high quality of service for customers of First California. As a result of the Mergers and the corresponding growth, it may become increasingly difficult to maintain high service quality for our customers. This could cause a decline in our performance and growth with respect to net income, deposits, assets and other benchmarks.

The fair value of our investment securities can fluctuate due to market conditions out of our control.

Our investment securities portfolio is comprised mainly of U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government agency and private-label collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities. At December 31, 2009, gross unrealized losses on our investment portfolio were $10.7 million. The majority of unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 were related to a type of mortgage-backed security also known as private-label collateralized mortgage obligations. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of these securities was $25.5 million, representing 7 percent of our securities portfolio. We also own one pooled trust preferred security, rated triple-A at purchase, with an amortized cost basis of $4.8 million and an unrealized loss of $2.4 million at December 31, 2009. This unrealized loss is primarily caused by a severe disruption in the market for these securities.

Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These factors include but are not limited to rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or with respect to the underlying securities, changes in market interest rates and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of these mentioned factors could cause an other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in a realized loss.

If borrowers and guarantors fail to perform as required by the terms of their loans, we will sustain losses.

A significant source of risk for First California arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if our borrowers and guarantors fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans and guaranties. This risk increases when the economy is weak. We have adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for loan losses, that we believe are appropriate to minimize this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable loan and lease losses. Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual loan and lease losses, and future provisions for credit losses could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our allowance for loan losses is based on prior experience, as well as an evaluation of the risks in the current portfolio. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates that may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. Federal and state regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and allowance for loan losses. While we believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover probable losses, it is possible that we will further increase the allowance for loan losses or that regulators will require increases. Either of these occurrences could materially and negatively affect our earnings.

The banking business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. It is expected that we will continue to realize income from the differential between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market interest rates on loans, and rising interest rates generally are associated with a lower volume of loan originations. We may not be able to minimize our interest rate risk. In addition, while an increase in the general level of interest rates may increase our net interest margin and loan yield, it may adversely affect the ability of certain borrowers with variable rate loans to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest margin, asset quality, loan origination volume and overall profitability.

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer banking services which could negatively affect our business.

We conduct our banking operations primarily in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura counties, California. Increased competition in these markets may result in reduced loans and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. Many competitors offer the same banking services that we offer in our service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including without limitation, savings and loan institutions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. In particular, competitors include several major financial companies whose greater resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking locations and ATMs and conduct extensive promotional and advertising campaigns.

Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalizations and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits than we have and are thereby able to serve the credit needs of larger customers. Areas of competition include interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain deposits, and range and quality of products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services. Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and international financial services markets as technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened low-end production offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue to grow our loan and deposit portfolios and our results of operations and financial condition may otherwise be adversely affected.

 

19


Table of Contents

Changes in economic conditions, in particular an economic slowdown in Southern California, could materially and negatively affect our business.

Our business is directly impacted by factors such as economic, political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in government monetary and fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. Any further deterioration in economic conditions, whether caused by national or local concerns, in particular any further economic slowdown in Southern California, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially: loan delinquencies may increase; problem assets and foreclosures may increase; demand for our products and services may decrease; low cost or noninterest bearing deposits may decrease; and collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans. The State of California and certain local governments in our market area continue to face fiscal challenges upon which the long-term impact on the State’s or the local economy cannot be predicted.

A portion of the Company’s loan portfolio consists of construction and land development loans in Southern California, which have greater risks than loans secured by completed real properties.

At December 31, 2009, First California had outstanding construction and land development loans in Southern California in the amount of $86.6 million, representing 9% of its loan portfolio. These types of loans generally have greater risks than loans on completed homes, multifamily properties and commercial properties. A construction loan generally does not cover the full amount of the construction costs, so the borrower must have adequate funds to pay for the balance of the project. Price increases, delays and unanticipated difficulties can materially increase these costs. Further, even if completed, there is no assurance that the borrower will be able to sell the project on a timely or profitable basis, as these are closely related to real estate market conditions, which can fluctuate substantially between the start and completion of the project. If the borrower defaults prior to completion of the project, the value of the project will likely be less than the outstanding loan, and we could be required to complete construction with our own funds to minimize losses on the project.

Further disruptions in the real estate market could materially and negatively affect our business.

There has been a slow-down in the real estate market due to negative economic trends and credit market disruption, the impacts of which are not yet completely known or quantified. At December 31, 2009, approximately 74% of our loans are secured by real estate. Any further downturn in the real estate market could materially and adversely affect our business because a significant portion of our loans is secured by real estate. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. An increase in losses on defaulted loans may have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations, by reducing income, increasing expenses, and leaving less cash available for lending and other activities.

Substantially all real property collateral for the Company is located in Southern California. Real estate values have declined recently, particularly in California. If real estate sales and appreciation continue to weaken, especially in Southern California, the collateral for our loans would provide less security. Real estate values could be affected by, among other things, an economic recession or slowdown, an increase in interest rates, earthquakes, brush fires, flooding and other natural disasters particular to California.

We are subject to extensive regulation which could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Given the current disruption in the financial markets and potential new regulatory initiatives, including the Obama administration’s recent financial regulatory reform proposal, new regulations

 

20


Table of Contents

and laws that may affect us are increasingly likely. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change. There are currently proposed laws, rules and regulations that, if adopted, would impact our operations. For example, the U.S. House of Representatives has passed legislation that would, among other things, create a Consumer Financial Protection Agency that would have broad powers to regulate consumer financial services and products, create a Financial Stability Oversight Council with regulatory authority over certain financial companies and activities, and would give shareholders a “say on pay” regarding executive compensation. The Federal Reserve has also issued proposed guidance on incentive compensation to ensure that banking organizations’ incentive compensation policies do not undermine the safety and soundness of their organizations. Proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other laws, rules or regulations may be adopted in the future, which could (1) make compliance much more difficult or expensive, (2) restrict our ability to originate, broker or sell loans or accept certain deposits, (3) further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans originated or sold by us, or (4) otherwise adversely affect our business or prospects for business. In addition, it is likely that we will be required to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits.

Additionally, in order to conduct certain activities, including acquisitions, we are required to obtain regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that any required approvals can be obtained, or obtained without conditions or on a timeframe acceptable to us. For more information, please see the section entitled “Item 1. Business-Supervision and Regulation” above.

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title.

In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Our internal operations are subject to a number of risks.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, customer or employee fraud, security breaches of our computer systems and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against such occurrences and maintain insurance coverage for such risks that are insurable, but should such an event occur that is not prevented or detected by our internal controls and uninsured or in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We face reputation and business risks due to our interactions with business partners, service providers and other third parties.

We rely on third parties in a variety of ways, including to provide key components of our business infrastructure or to further our business objectives. These third parties may provide services to us and our clients or serve as partners in business activities. We rely on these third parties to fulfill their obligations to us, to accurately inform us of relevant information and to conduct their activities professionally and in a manner that reflects positively on us. Any failure of our business partners, service providers or other third parties to meet their commitments to us or to perform in accordance with our expectations could harm our business and operations, financial performance, strategic growth or reputation.

 

21


Table of Contents

We face risks in connection with our strategic undertakings.

If appropriate opportunities present themselves, we may engage in strategic activities, which may include acquisitions, investments, asset purchases or other business growth initiatives or undertakings. There can be no assurance that we will successfully identify appropriate opportunities, that we will be able to negotiate or finance such activities or that such activities, if undertaken, will be successful.

In order to finance future strategic undertakings, we might obtain additional equity or debt financing. Such financing might not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If obtained, equity financing could be dilutive and the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to execute strategic activities successfully will depend on a variety of factors. These factors likely will vary based on the nature of the activity but may include our success in integrating the operations, services, products, personnel and systems of an acquired company into our business, operating effectively with any partner with whom we elect to do business, retaining key employees, achieving anticipated synergies, meeting management’s expectations and otherwise realizing the undertaking’s anticipated benefits. Our ability to address these matters successfully cannot be assured. In addition, our strategic efforts may divert resources or management’s attention from ongoing business operations and may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny. If we do not successfully execute a strategic undertaking, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and growth prospects. In addition, if we were to conclude that the value of an acquired business had decreased and that the related goodwill had been impaired, that conclusion would result in an impairment of goodwill charge to us, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.

We depend heavily on the services of our President and Chief Executive Officer, C. G. Kum, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Romolo C. Santarosa and a number of other key management personnel. The loss of any of their services or that of other key personnel could materially and adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition. Our success also depends in part on our ability to attract and retain additional qualified management personnel. Competition for such personnel is strong in the banking industry and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel we require.

We may incur impairments to goodwill.

We assess goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or at interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change which may indicate a change in the implied fair value of the goodwill. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. It is our practice to perform the annual impairment assessment at the end of our fiscal year and to use independent data to assist us in determining the fair value of the Company and in determining appropriate market factors to be used in the fair value calculations. At December 31, 2009 the annual assessment resulted in the conclusion that goodwill was not impaired. A significant decline in our stock price, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant change in the fair values of our assets and liabilities, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slower growth rates could result in impairment of our goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, then we would record the appropriate non-cash charge, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial position.

We are a holding company and depend on our banking subsidiary for dividends, distributions and other payments.

We are a holding company that conducts substantially all our operations through our banking subsidiary, First California Bank. As a result, our ability to make dividend payments on our common and preferred stock and

 

22


Table of Contents

debt service payments depends upon the ability of First California Bank to make payments, distributions and loans to us. The ability of First California Bank to make payments, distributions and loans to us is limited by, among other things, its earnings, its obligation to maintain sufficient capital, and by applicable regulatory restrictions. For example, if, in the opinion of an applicable regulatory authority, First California Bank is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice, which could include the payment of dividends under certain circumstances, such authority may take actions requiring that First California Bank refrain from the practice. Additionally, under applicable California law, First California Bank generally cannot make any distribution (including a cash dividend) to its stockholder, us, in an amount which exceeds the lesser of: (1) the retained earnings of First California Bank and (2) the net income of First California Bank for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by First California Bank to its stockholder during such period. If First California Bank is not able to make payments, distributions and loans to us, we may not be unable to pay dividends on our common and preferred stock or make debt service payments.

The imposition of certain restrictions on our executive compensation as a result of our decision to participate in the CPP may have material adverse effects on our business and results of operations.

As a result of our election to participate in the CPP, we must adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds equity issued under the CPP. These standards would generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer and the three next most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, the “senior executive officers”). The standards include: (i) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executive officers does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of our Company and the Bank, (ii) requiring a clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive officer based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate, (iii) prohibiting golden parachute payments to a senior executive officer, and (iv) our agreement not to deduct for tax purposes compensation paid to a senior executive officer in excess of $500,000. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase our income tax expense in future periods if compensation to a senior executive officer exceeds $500,000. In conjunction with its purchase of the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock, the Treasury acquired a warrant to purchase 599,042 shares of our common stock. A portion of the warrant is immediately exercisable and has a term of 10 years. Therefore, we could potentially be subject to the executive compensation and corporate governance restrictions for a ten-year period as a result of our participation in the CPP.

If we are unable to redeem the Series B Preferred Stock within five years, the cost of this capital to us will increase substantially.

If we are unable to redeem the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock prior to February 15, 2014, the cost of this capital to us will increase substantially on that date, from 5.0% per annum (approximately $1.25 million annually) to 9.0% per annum (approximately $2.25 million annually). Depending on our financial condition at the time, this increase in the annual dividend rate on the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock could have a material negative effect on our liquidity and our earnings available to common stockholders.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Certain preferences and rights of preferred stockholders of First California may negatively affect the rights of holders of First California common stock.

First California’s certificate of incorporation authorizes its Board of Directors to issue up to 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock and to determine the rights, preferences, powers and restrictions granted or imposed upon any series of preferred stock without prior stockholder approval. The preferred stock that may be authorized could have preference over holders of First California common stock with respect to dividends and other

 

23


Table of Contents

distributions upon the liquidation or dissolution of First California. If First California’s Board of Directors authorizes the issuance of additional series of preferred shares having a voting preference over common stock, such issuances may inhibit or delay the approval of measures supported by holders of common stock that require stockholder approval and consequently may make it difficult and expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management and Board of Directors. Accordingly, such issuance could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to benefit from a change in control or change of our management and Board of Directors and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the stockholders’ ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Currently, in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution, holders of series A convertible perpetual preferred stock of First California are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 plus an amount equal to 8.5% per annum of the $1,000, which is deemed to have commenced accrual on December 10, 2001. Also, holders of series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock of First California are entitled to receive a liquidation preference of $1,000 plus an accrued amount equal to 5.0% per annum of the $1,000, if any. These amounts are payable out of the assets of First California before any distribution to holders of common stock. If the number of preferred shares having a similar liquidation preference increases, the chance that holders of common stock may receive a smaller distribution upon liquidation or dissolution may be higher.

Certain regulations and restrictions will affect our ability to declare or pay dividends and repurchase our shares.

As a result of our participation in the CPP, our ability to declare or pay dividends on any of our common stock has been limited. Specifically, we are not able to declare dividend payments on our common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred stock if we are in arrears on the dividends on our series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock. Further, we are not permitted to pay dividends on our common stock without the Treasury’s approval until the third anniversary of the investment unless the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred. In addition, our ability to repurchase our shares has been restricted. The Treasury’s consent generally will be required for us to make any stock repurchases until the third anniversary of the investment by the Treasury unless the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock has been redeemed or transferred. Further, common, junior preferred or pari passu preferred stock may not be repurchased if we are in arrears on the series B cumulative perpetual preferred stock dividends to the Treasury.

In addition, in February 2010, the Board of Directors of First California and the Reserve Bank entered into the informal agreement between the Company and the Reserve Bank. The informal agreement requires the Board of Directors to take all appropriate steps to fully utilize its financial and managerial resources to assist the Company and the Bank in functioning in a safe and sound manner pursuant to Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. It also restricts the ability of the Company to: (a) receive dividends or any other form of payment or distribution representing a reduction of capital from the Bank without the prior written approval from the Reserve Bank; (b) declare or pay dividends, make any payments on trust preferred securities, or make any other capital distributions, without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (c) directly or indirectly incur, renew, increase or guarantee any debt, without prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (d) directly or indirectly issue any trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; and (e) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

Our ability to pay dividends to holders of our Common Stock may be restricted by Delaware law and under the terms of indentures governing the trust preferred securities we have issued.

Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is restricted in specified circumstances under indentures governing the trust preferred securities we have issued, and we may issue additional securities with similar restrictions in the future. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and

 

24


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities-Dividends” in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information on these restrictions. In addition, our ability to pay any dividends to our stockholders is subject to the restrictions set forth under Delaware law. We cannot assure you that we will meet the criteria specified under these agreements or under Delaware law in the future, in which case we may not be able to pay dividends on our Common Stock even if we were to choose to do so.

The price of our Common Stock may fluctuate significantly, and this may make it difficult for you to resell the Common Stock when you want to or at prices you find attractive.

We cannot predict how our Common Stock will trade in the future. The market value of our Common Stock will likely continue to fluctuate in response to a number of factors including the following, most of which are beyond our control, as well as the other factors described in this “RISK FACTORS” section:

 

   

actual or anticipated quarterly fluctuations in our operating and financial results;

 

   

developments related to investigations, proceedings or litigation that involve us;

 

   

changes in financial estimates and recommendations by financial analysts;

 

   

dispositions, acquisitions and financings;

 

   

actions of our current stockholders, including sales of our Common Stock by existing stockholders and our directors and executive officers;

 

   

fluctuations in the stock price and operating results of our competitors;

 

   

regulatory developments; and

 

   

developments related to the financial services industry.

Only a limited trading market exists for our common stock, which could lead to significant price volatility.

Our common stock was designated for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market in March 2007 under the trading symbol “FCAL” and trading volumes since that time have been modest. The limited trading market for our common stock may cause fluctuations in the market value of our common stock to be exaggerated, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more active trading market of our common stock. In addition, even if a more active market in our common stock develops, we cannot assure you that such a market will continue or that stockholders will be able to sell their shares.

A holder with as little as a 5% interest in First California could, under certain circumstances, be subject to regulation as a “Bank Holding Company.”

Any entity (including a “group” composed of natural persons) owning 25% or more of the outstanding First California common stock, or 5% or more if such holder otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over First California, may be subject to regulation as a “bank holding company” in accordance with the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA. In addition, (i) any bank holding company or foreign bank with a U.S. presence may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA to acquire or retain 5% or more of the outstanding First California common stock and (ii) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board under the Change in Bank Control Act to acquire or retain 10% or more of the outstanding First California common stock. Becoming a bank holding company imposes certain statutory and regulatory restrictions and burdens, and might require the holder to divest all or a portion of the holder’s investment in First California. In addition, because a bank holding company is required to provide managerial and financial strength for its bank subsidiary, such a holder may be required to divest investments that may be deemed incompatible with bank holding company status, such as a material investment in a company unrelated to banking.

 

25


Table of Contents

Concentrated ownership of our common stock creates risks for our stockholders, including a risk of sudden changes in our share price.

As of January 31, 2010, First California’s directors, executive officers and other affiliates of First California owned approximately 50% of First California’s outstanding common stock (not including vested option shares). As a result, if all of these stockholders were to take a common position, they would be able to significantly affect the election of directors, with respect to which stockholders are authorized to use cumulative voting, as well as the outcome of most corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, such as the approval of mergers or other business combinations. Such concentration may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of First California. In some situations, the interests of First California’s directors and executive officers may be different from other stockholders.

Investors who purchase our common stock may be subject to certain risks due to the concentrated ownership of our common stock. The sale by any of our large stockholders of a significant portion of that stockholder’s holdings could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, a group of our large stockholders can also demand that we register their shares under certain circumstances. Any such increase in the number of our publicly registered shares may cause the market price of our common stock to decline or fluctuate significantly.

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock and we do not expect to pay a cash dividend in the foreseeable future. We presently intend to retain earnings and increase capital in furtherance of our overall business objectives. We will periodically review our dividend policy in view of the operating performance of the company, and may declare dividends in the future if such payments are deemed appropriate.

In February 2010, the Board of Directors of First California Financial Group, Inc. and the Reserve Bank entered into an informal agreement. The informal agreement restricts, among other things, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends or make any other capital distributions without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

There may be future sales of additional Common Stock or preferred stock or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our Common Stock.

We are not restricted from issuing additional Common Stock or preferred stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Common Stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities. On March 3, 2010, a proposal was approved by our stockholders to amend our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of our Common Stock from 25,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares. This increase in the number of our authorized shares of Common Stock provides us with the flexibility to consider and respond to future business opportunities and needs as they arise, including equity offerings, acquisitions, stock dividends, issuances under stock incentive plans and other corporate purposes. The market value of our Common Stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of Common Stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

The Bank leases approximately 21,900 square feet of space at Westlake Park Place, 3027 Townsgate Road, Westlake Village, California for its administrative headquarters. The lease term will expire in February 2019.

 

26


Table of Contents

The Bank owns its former executive offices located at 1100 Paseo Camarillo, Camarillo, California. The building has approximately 5,100 square feet of space.

The Bank also leases approximately 13,900 square feet of space for administrative functions located at 1880 Century Park East, Los Angeles, California. The lease term will expire in May 2014. The Bank sublets approximately half of this space through the lease expiration in 2014.

The Bank owns its Camarillo Branch Office located at 1150 Paseo Camarillo, Camarillo, California. The building has approximately 9,000 square feet of space.

The Bank leases approximately 4,000 square feet of space for its Westlake Village Branch Office located at 32111 Agoura Road, Westlake Village, California. The lease term will expire in December 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 2,200 square feet of space for its Ventura Branch Office located at 1794 S. Victoria Avenue, Suite B, Ventura, California. The lease term will expire in May 2012.

The Bank leases approximately 1,700 square feet of space for its Oxnard Branch Office located at 300 Esplanade Drive, Suite 102, Oxnard, California. The lease term will expire in March 2010.

The Bank leases approximately 3,850 square feet of space for its Thousand Oaks Branch Office located at 11 E. Hillcrest Drive, Suite A, Thousand Oaks, California. The lease term will expire in October 2013 with two 5-year renewal options.

The Bank leases approximately 27,000 square feet of land for its Simi Valley Branch Office located at Simi Valley Towne Center, Simi Valley, California. The Bank owns the building which has approximately 5,000 square feet of space. The land lease term commenced in January 2006 and expires in 20 years.

The Bank leases approximately 1,900 square feet of space for its Century City Branch Office located at 1880 Century Park East, Los Angeles, California. The lease term will expire in June 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 1,650 square feet of space for its Encino Branch Office located at 16661 Ventura Boulevard, Encino, California. The lease term will expire in May 2010.

The Bank owns its Torrance Branch Office located at 2200 Sepulveda Blvd., Torrance, California. The building has approximately 15,966 square feet of space.

The Bank owns its Irvine Branch Office located at 19752 MacArthur Blvd., Irvine, California 92612. The building has approximately 21,000 square feet of space.

The Bank leases approximately 3,500 square feet of space for its Glendale Branch Office located at 505 North Brand Boulevard, Glendale, California. The lease has an initial term of five years and will expire in November 2013.

The Bank leases approximately 8,500 square feet of space for its Redlands Branch Office located at 218 East State Street, Redlands, California. The lease term will expire in July 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 5,100 square feet of space for its Brea Branch Office located at 10 Pointe Drive, Suite 130, Brea, California. The lease term will expire in May 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 7,000 square feet of space for its Escondido Branch Office located at 355 West Grand Avenue, Escondido, California. The lease term expired in December 2009 and is now a month to month lease.

 

27


Table of Contents

The Bank leases approximately 4,500 square feet of space for its Palm Desert Branch Office located at 78-000 Fred Waring Drive, suite 100, Palm Desert, California. The lease term will expire in May 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 4,600 square feet of space for its Irwindale Branch Office located at 15622 Arrow Highway, Irwindale, California. The lease term will expire in May 2014.

The Bank leases approximately 5,000 square feet of space for its Temecula Branch Office located at 27645 Jefferson Avenue, Temecula, California. The lease term will expire in June 2012.

The Bank leased approximately 1,555 square feet of space for its former Costa Mesa Loan Production Office located at 3070 Bristol Street, Suite 160, Costa Mesa, California. The Bank vacated this space in February 2007 and relocated employees and equipment to the Irvine Branch Office. The lease term expired in February 2009.

The Bank leased approximately 1,500 square feet of space for its former Anaheim Hills Branch Office located at 168 S. Fairmont, Anaheim Hills, California. The Bank vacated this space in June 2009 and relocated employees and equipment to the Irvine and Brea Branch offices. The lease term expired in July 2009.

The Bank also leases approximately 3,100 square feet of space for its former El Segundo Branch Office located at 1960 E. Grand Avenue, El Segundo, California. The Bank closed this location in July 2008 and relocated employees and equipment to the Torrance Office Branch. The lease term will expire in January 2011. The Bank sublets this space through the lease expiration in 2011.

The Bank also leases approximately 3,478 square feet of space for its former Loan Production Office located at 13245 Riverside Dr. Suite 540, Sherman Oaks, California. The Bank vacated this facility in September 2008 and relocated the employees and equipment to its headquarters in Westlake Village. The lease term will expire in February 2011.

The Bank believes that its premises will be adequate for present and anticipated needs. The Bank also believes that it has adequate insurance to cover its owned and leased premises.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The nature of First California’s business causes it to be involved in ordinary routine legal proceedings from time to time. Although the ultimate outcome and amount of liability, if any, with respect to these legal proceedings to which we are currently a party cannot presently be ascertained with certainty, in the opinion of management, based upon information currently available to us, any resulting liability is not likely to have a material adverse affect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

 

Item 4. Reserved

 

28


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of First California began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FCAL” on March 13, 2007. Prior to that time, the common stock of National Mercantile, First California’s predecessor, traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “MBLA”. The information in the following table indicates the high and low sales prices for First California’s common stock from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2009, as reported by NASDAQ. Because of the limited market for First California’s common stock, these prices may not be indicative of the fair market value of the common stock. The information does not include transactions for which no public records are available. The trading prices in such transactions may be higher or lower than the prices reported below.

 

     Common Stock
     High    Low

2008

     

First Quarter

   $ 9.25    $ 7.11

Second Quarter

     9.15      5.50

Third Quarter

     9.00      5.17

Fourth Quarter

     8.60      4.71

2009

     

First Quarter

   $ 7.75    $ 3.62

Second Quarter

     8.45      3.89

Third Quarter

     6.48      4.32

Fourth Quarter

     5.05      2.50

At March 1, 2010, First California had 436 stockholders of record for its common stock. The number of beneficial owners for the common stock is higher, as many people hold their shares in “street” name.

Dividends

From its inception and until the completion of the Mergers in March 2007, First California was a “business combination shell company,” conducting no operations or owning or leasing any real estate or other property. Accordingly, First California did not pay any dividends to its sole stockholder, National Mercantile, prior to the Mergers, nor has First California paid any dividends to its common stockholders since the completion of the Mergers. Our common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by our Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. The DGCL provides that a corporation may declare and pay dividends out of any surplus, and, if it has no surplus, out of any net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend was declared or for the preceding fiscal year (provided that the payment will not reduce capital to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In addition, First California may not pay dividends on its capital stock if it is in default or has elected to defer payments of interest under its junior subordinated debentures. The Company cannot declare or pay a dividend on its common stock without the consent of the Treasury until the third anniversary of the date of the CPP investment, or December 19, 2011, unless prior to such third anniversary the senior preferred stock series B is redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of the senior preferred stock series B to third parties.

We do not currently expect to pay a cash dividend to our common stockholders in the foreseeable future. In February 2010, the Board of Directors of First California Financial Group, Inc. and the Reserve Bank entered into an informal agreement. The informal agreement restricts, among other things, the ability of the Company to

 

29


Table of Contents

declare or pay dividends or make any other capital distributions without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank. We presently intend to retain earnings and increase capital in furtherance of our overall business objectives. We will periodically review our dividend policy in view of the operating performance of the company, and may declare dividends in the future if such payments are deemed appropriate.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2009 information regarding outstanding options and the number of shares available for future option grants under all of our equity compensation plans. All equity plans of FCB Bancorp, in addition to those of National Mercantile Bancorp and all outstanding option awards were assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers.

 

Plan Category

   Number of
securities to be
issued upon exercise
of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
     (a)    (b)    (c)

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders (1)

   828,412    $ 7.95    476,630

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

   N/A      N/A    N/A
                

Total

   828,412    $ 7.95    476,630
                

 

(1) Includes the First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, FCFG FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan, FCFG 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan, FCFG Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan, FCFG 1994 NMB Stock Option Plan.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On December 19, 2008, the Company sold and issued 25,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share par value $0.01 per share and a ten-year Warrant to purchase initially up to 599,042 of the Company’s common stock to the Treasury pursuant to the Company’s participation in the CPP. The terms of this issuance, the terms of exercise of the Warrant and the use of proceeds were disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as filed with the SEC on December 22, 2008, as amended on December 23, 2008.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

There were no shares repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter of 2009.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not applicable.

 

30


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This discussion contains certain forward-looking information about us; we intend such statements to fall under the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements. Such statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, many of which are difficult to predict and are generally beyond our control. We caution readers that a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in, implied or projected by, such forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

 

   

revenues are lower than expected;

 

   

credit quality deterioration which could cause an increase in the provision for loan losses;

 

   

competitive pressure among depository institutions increases significantly;

 

   

changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits;

 

   

our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities or to achieve expected synergies and operating efficiencies within expected time-frames or at all;

 

   

a slowdown in construction activity;

 

   

technological changes;

 

   

the cost of additional capital is more than expected;

 

   

a change in the interest rate environment reduces interest margins;

 

   

asset/liability repricing risks and liquidity risks;

 

   

general economic conditions, particularly those affecting real estate values, either nationally or in the market areas in which we do or anticipate doing business, are less favorable than expected;

 

   

legislative or regulatory requirements or changes adversely affecting our business;

 

   

the effects of and changes in monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, or the Federal Reserve Board;

 

   

recent volatility in the credit or equity markets and its effect on the general economy;

 

   

the costs and effects of legal, accounting and regulatory developments;

 

   

regulatory approvals for acquisitions cannot be obtained on the terms expected or on the anticipated schedule; and

 

   

demand for the products or services of First California and the Bank, as well as their ability to attract and retain qualified people.

If any of these risks or uncertainties materializes, or if any of the assumptions underlying such forward-looking statements proves to be incorrect, our results could differ materially from those expressed in, implied or projected by, such forward-looking statements. For information with respect to factors that could cause actual results to differ from the expectations stated in the forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” under Part I, Item 1A in this report. We urge investors to consider all of these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We make these forward-looking as of the date of this document and we do not intend, and assume no obligation, to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those expressed in, or implied or projected by, the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements contained in this document and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or any other person acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

Overview

First California Financial Group, Inc., or First California, or the Company, is a bank holding company which serves the comprehensive banking needs of businesses and individuals in Los Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura counties through our wholly-owned subsidiary, First California Bank, or the Bank. The Bank is a state chartered commercial bank that provides traditional business and consumer banking products and services through 17 full-service branch locations. The Company also has two unconsolidated statutory business trust subsidiaries, First California Capital Trust I and FCB Statutory Trust I, which raised capital through the issuance of trust preferred securities.

At December 31, 2009, we had consolidated total assets of $1.5 billion, total loans of $939.2 million, total deposits of $1.1 billion and shareholders’ equity of $157.2 million. A year ago, at December 31, 2008, we had consolidated total assets of $1.2 billion, total loans of $788.4 million, total deposits of $817.6 million and shareholders’ equity of $158.9 million. The increase in loans and deposits was due in part to the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction.

On January 23, 2009, the Bank assumed $270 million of insured, non-brokered deposits of 1st Centennial Bank from the FDIC. Under the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC, the Bank also purchased certain assets from the FDIC at the close of the transaction. The Bank paid cash consideration of $48.8 million to the FDIC for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. We accounted for the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction using the acquisition method of accounting; accordingly, our balance sheet includes the estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Our results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 include the effects of the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction from the date of the transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we had a net loss of $4.7 million compared to net income of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. After dividend payments of $1.1 million on our Series B preferred shares, we incurred a loss per diluted common share of $0.50 for the 2009 year. Our net income for 2008 on a diluted per share basis was $0.54. There was no Series B preferred share dividend paid in 2008. The net loss for 2009 was due largely to the $16.6 million provision for loan losses. The provision for loan losses was $1.2 million for 2008.

Critical Accounting Policies

We base our discussion and analysis of our consolidated results of operations and financial condition on our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense, and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of these consolidated financial statements. We believe these estimates and assumptions to be reasonably accurate; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or circumstances. The following are our critical accounting policies and estimates.

Allowance for loan losses

We establish the allowance for loan losses through a provision charged to expense. We charge-off loans against the allowance when we believe that the collectability of the loan is unlikely. The allowance is an amount that we believe will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible based on our evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior loan loss experience. Our evaluation includes an assessment of the following factors: any external loan review and any regulatory examination, estimated probable loss exposure on each pool of loans, concentrations of credit, value of collateral, the level of delinquent and nonaccrual loans, trends in the portfolio volume, effects of any changes in the lending policies and

 

32


Table of Contents

procedures, changes in lending personnel, present economic conditions at the local, state and national levels, the amount of undisbursed off-balance sheet commitments, and a migration analysis of historical losses and recoveries for the prior sixteen quarters. We also evaluate individual loans for impairment and if a portion of a loan is impaired, we charge-off the impaired amount or allocate a specific reserve for that loan. Various regulatory agencies, as a regular part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations. The allowance for loan losses was $16.5 million at December 31, 2009 and was $8.0 million at December 31, 2008.

Deferred income taxes

We recognize deferred tax assets subject to our judgment that realization of such assets are more-likely-than-not. We establish a valuation allowance when we determine that the realization of income tax benefits may not occur in future years. There were net deferred tax assets of $6.0 million at December 31, 2009 and $2.6 million at December 31, 2008. There were no valuation allowances at either year-end.

Derivative instruments and hedging

For derivative instruments designated in cash flow hedging relationships, we assess the effectiveness of the instruments in offsetting changes in the overall cash flows of the designated hedged transactions on a quarterly basis. To the extent these instruments are not effective, we recognize the unrealized gains or losses directly in current period earnings. In December 2009, the Company purchased a $10.3 million notional forward-starting interest rate cap to limit the variable interest rate payments on the Company’s $10.3 million junior subordinated debentures. Our 2009 fourth quarter effectiveness assessment indicated that this instrument was effective. For 2008, we recognized unrealized gains and losses related to the ineffective portion of our interest rate swaps. We terminated the interest rate swap contracts in 2008.

For 2008, we also had an interest rate floor for which we did not designate a hedging relationship. Accordingly, we recognized all changes in fair value of the interest rate floor directly in current period earnings. The interest rate floor contract expired in December 2008.

Assessments of impairment

We assess goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of December 31, or at interim periods if an event occurs or circumstances change which may indicate impairment may potentially exist. We estimate the implied fair value of goodwill by comparing the estimated fair value of the Company to the estimated fair value of the Company’s individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangible assets. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds this implied fair value.

At December 31, 2009, we had goodwill of $60.7 million. We recognized goodwill in connection with the Merger in 2007 and the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction in 2009. We consolidated all operations under First California Bank at the time of each transaction; accordingly, we performed our goodwill impairment analysis on a consolidated or single unit basis.

The first step of our analysis compared the fair value of the Company to the carrying amount of the Company, including goodwill. At December 31, 2009, the measurement date, the carrying amount of the Company was $157.2 million. We used various approaches to estimate the fair value of the Company as described below:

Market Approach—Publicly Traded Companies—This approach considers the fair value of the Company based on observed, traded values of similar companies. We identified 15 publicly traded financial institutions to serve as guideline companies based on size, geography and performance metrics. We made an adjustment for a

 

33


Table of Contents

control premium, or the price at which a willing buyer and seller would complete a transaction. We assigned a weighting of 40 percent to this methodology.

Market Approach—Recent Transactions—This approach considers the fair value of the Company based on observed, key pricing multiples arising from similar control transactions using recent transactions. We assigned no weighting to this methodology because there were too few recent transactions with any similarity to the Company.

Market Price Analysis—This approach considers the trading price of the Company as of the valuation date and adjusts for a control premium. We listed our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “FCAL” and our trading volumes have been modest since the Merger. The limited trading for our common stock, we believe, causes exaggerated fluctuations in the market value of our common stock, leading to price volatility in excess of that which would occur in a more active trading market of our common stock. We used this method as a benchmark to the valuation performed in the Income approach below and was not a direct component of the valuation.

Income Approach—Discounted Cash Flow Method—This approach considers the present value of the Company’s expected future cash flows. We believe this approach is the most theoretically correct method of valuation since it explicitly considers the future benefits associated with owning the business. We estimated our three-year future free cash flow and then discounted these to a present value at a rate of return that considers the relative risk of achieving the projected cash flows and the time value of money. We also estimated the residual or terminal free cash flow at the end of the projection period and discounted this to a present value. We assigned a weighting of 60 percent to this methodology.

Based on this analysis, we determined that the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its fair value and therefore indicated a potential impairment. We estimated the fair value of goodwill in the same manner as used in determining goodwill in a business combination. That is, we estimated the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities and then compared these to the fair value determined above. The excess of the fair value of the Company over the fair value of its tangible and intangible assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill as of the measurement date.

The following provides a summary of the valuation methodology we used in determining the fair values of major tangible assets, intangible assets and liabilities. We believe these methodologies are consistent with industry practices:

Securities—valued in the same manner as presented on our balance sheet.

Loans—We divided loans into three major groups. The loan groups included (1) loans that mature or re-price in three months or less, (2) loans that amortize or mature in more than three months, and (3) impaired loans. We estimated the fair value of impaired loans and loans that mature or re-price within three months at their carrying value. We used a discounted cash flow methodology to estimate the fair value of loans that amortize or mature in more than three months. We developed pools of these loans based on similar characteristics such as underlying type of collateral, fixed or adjustable rate of interest, payment or amortization method and other factors. We projected monthly principal and interest cash flows based on the contractual terms of the loan, adjusted for assumed prepayments, and discounted these at a rate that considered funding costs, a market participant’s required rate of return and adjusted for servicing costs and a liquidity discount.

Deposits and borrowings with maturities—We used a discounted cash flow methodology to estimate the fair value of our certificates of deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and junior subordinated debentures. The discount rate for certificates of deposits considered published retail and brokered rates as of the measurement date. The discount rate for securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Federal Home Loan Bank advances considered published rates as of the measurement date. The discount rate for our junior subordinated debentures considered comparable rates from recent and comparable issuances.

 

34


Table of Contents

Core deposit intangibles—Core deposits for this analysis were checking, savings and money market deposits. The value ascribed to the core deposit base is equal to the present value of the difference in cash flows between maintaining the existing core deposit base and obtaining alternative funds over the life of the deposit base. The cost of maintaining the existing core deposit base includes both the interest cost associated with the deposit and net maintenance costs (i.e., FDIC insurance, opportunity cost of reserve requirements, less service charge income and other deposit related revenue). We assumed the cost of alternative funding to be equivalent to brokered CD rates for deposit equivalent durations as of the measurement date. The discount rate considered the relative risk of achieving the projected cash flows and the time value of money.

Based on the results of this analysis, we concluded that the implied fair value of goodwill was greater than our carrying value and that no goodwill impairment existed at December 31, 2009.

A significant decline in our stock price, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant change in the fair values of our assets and liabilities, a significant adverse change in the business climate or slow growth rates could result in impairment of our goodwill. If we were to conclude that a future write-down of our goodwill is necessary, we would record the appropriate non-cash charge, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial position; however, such non-cash charge would have no affect on our cash balances, liquidity or regulatory risk-based capital ratios.

We also undertake an impairment analysis on our debt and equity securities each quarter. When we do not intend to sell, and it is more-likely-than-not that we are not required to sell, a debt security before recovery of its cost basis, we separate other-than-temporary impairment into (a) the amount representing credit loss and (b) the amount related to other factors. We recognize in earnings the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss. We recognize in other comprehensive income the amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors. Our assessment of other-than-temporary declines in fair value considers the duration the debt security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, the severity of the decline in value, the rating of the debt security, and the long-term financial outlook of the issuer. In addition, we consider the expected future cash flows of the debt security and our ability and intent on holding the debt security until the fair values recover.

For 2009, other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss on debt securities and recognized in earnings was $1.1 million. In addition, we recognized other-than-temporary impairment of $0.4 million on a $1.0 million community development-related equity investment.

Results of Operations—for the two years ended December 31, 2009

Net interest income

Our earnings are derived predominantly from net interest income, which is the difference between interest and fees earned on loans, securities and federal funds sold (these asset classes are commonly referred to as interest-earning assets) and the interest paid on deposits, borrowings and debentures (these liability classes are commonly referred to as interest-bearing funds). The net interest margin is net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

Our net interest income for 2009 was $45.1 million, up 10 percent from $40.8 million last year. The increase in our net interest income reflects the increase in our interest-earning assets from the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction and from the growth in our lending activities. Average interest-earning assets for 2009 were $1.29 billion, up 28 percent from $1.01 billion for 2008. The stability of core deposits assumed in the transaction along with new and expanded deposit relationships allowed us to fund this growth with lower-costing interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits. Average interest-bearing deposits for 2009 increased to $800.0 million from $568.2 million, up 41 percent from last year. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 51 percent to $288.9 million for 2009 from $190.9 million for 2008.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our net interest margin (on a taxable equivalent basis) was 3.53% for 2009 compared with 4.08% for 2008. The decrease in our net interest margin reflects the effect of lower yields on loans and higher levels of lower-yielding securities and federal funds sold. The yield on average loans for 2009 was 5.70% compared with 6.56% last year. The decline in our loan yield reflects the higher levels of nonaccrual loans, lower levels of higher-yielding construction and land loans and the decline in the general level of interest rates. Lost interest income from loans on nonaccrual status was $2.1 million for 2009 compared with $0.5 million for 2008. Construction and land loans declined 35 percent to $86.6 million at year-end 2009 from $133.1 million at year-end 2008. The average Wall Street Journal prime interest rate was approximately 3.25% for all of 2009 compared with 5.01% for 2008. The yield on average securities for 2009 was 4.52% compared with 5.44% a year ago. Average securities and cash equivalents were 29 percent of average interest earning assets for 2009 compared with 22 percent for 2008. The reduction in the cost of interest-bearing deposits and borrowings partially offset the effects of lower yields on interest-earning assets. The rate paid on interest-bearing deposits declined to 1.52% for 2009 from 2.36% for last year. The rate paid on all interest-bearing liabilities for 2009 fell to 2.02% from 2.84% a year ago.

The following table presents the average balances, the amount of interest earned or incurred and the applicable taxable equivalent yields for interest-earning assets and the costs of interest-bearing liabilities that generate net interest income:

Average Balance Sheet and Analysis of Net Interest Income

 

    Year Ended  
    December 31, 2009     December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Average
Amount
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Weighted
Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Amount
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Weighted
Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Amount
  Interest
Income/
Expense
  Weighted
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans (2)

  $ 920,272   $ 52,439   5.70   $ 785,371   $ 51,521   6.56   $ 683,074   $ 56,389   8.26

Securities

    281,960     12,086   4.52     221,623     11,684   5.44     176,259     9,236   5.40

Federal funds sold and deposits
with banks

    86,415     416   0.48     2,774     30   1.08     13,385     125   0.93
                                         

Total earning assets

    1,288,647     64,941   5.08     1,009,768     63,235   6.26     872,718     65,750   7.57
                             

Non-earning assets

    154,231         125,069         74,318    
                             

Total average assets

  $ 1,442,878       $ 1,134,837       $ 947,036    
                             

Interest bearing checking

  $ 78,581     235   0.30   $ 47,526     215   0.45   $ 39,186   $ 328   0.84

Savings and money market

    276,097     3,007   1.10     204,351     3,627   1.77     223,509     7,185   3.21

Certificates of deposit

    445,293     8,889   2.00     316,334     9,555   3.02     248,115     10,808   4.36
                                         

Total interest bearing deposits

    799,971     12,131   1.52     568,211     13,397   2.36     510,810     18,321   3.59
                                     

Borrowings

    155,252     5,924   3.82     194,424     7,301   3.76     106,704     5,509   5.16

Junior subordinated debentures

    26,727     1,832   6.85     26,675     1,755   6.58     25,057     1,676   6.69
                                         

Total borrowed funds

    181,979     7,756   4.25     221,099     9,056   4.10     131,761     7,185   5.45
                             

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    981,950     19,887   2.02     789,310     22,453   2.84     642,571     25,506   3.97
                             

Noninterest checking

    288,893         190,939         193,630    

Other liabilities

    11,711         15,901         9,235    

Shareholders’ equity

    160,324         138,687         101,498    
                             

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 1,442,878       $ 1,134,837       $ 946,934    
                             

Net interest income

    $ 45,054       $ 40,782       $ 40,244  
                             

Net interest margin (tax equivalent) (1)

      3.53       4.08       4.64%   

 

(1) Includes tax equivalent adjustments related to tax-exempt income on securities.
(2) Yields and amounts earned on loans include loan fees of ($0.1) million, $0.8 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The average loan balance includes loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans; however, there is no interest income related to nonaccrual loans in the amount earned on loans.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our net interest income changes with the level and mix of average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing funds. We call the changes between periods in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing funds balance changes. We measure the effect on our net interest income from balance changes by multiplying the change in the average balance between the current period and the prior period by the prior period average rate.

Our net interest income also changes with the average rate earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing funds. We call the changes between periods in average rates earned and paid rate changes. We measure the effect on our net interest income from rate changes by multiplying the change in average rates earned or paid between the current period and the prior period by the prior period average balance.

We allocate the change in our net interest income attributable to both balance and rate on a pro rata basis to the change in average balance and the change in average rate. The following table presents the changes in our interest income and interest expense:

Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income/Expense Due to Change in Average Volume and Average Rate (1)

 

    2009 vs 2008     2008 vs 2007  
    Increase
(Decrease) due to:
    Net
Increase
(Decrease)
    Increase
(Decrease) due to:
    Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
    Volume     Rate       Volume   Rate    
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest Income:

           

Interest on Federal funds sold and deposits with banks

  $ 905      $ (519   $ 386      $ 6   $ (101   $ (95

Interest on securities

    3,181        (2,779     402        2,732     (284     2,448   

Interest on loans (2)

    8,850        (7,932     918        8,483     (13,351     (4,868
                                             

Total interest income

    12,936        (11,230     1,706        11,221     (13,736     (2,515
                                             

Interest Expense:

           

Interest on deposits

    5,464        (6,730     (1,266     2,432     (7,356     (4,924

Interest on borrowings

    (1,471     94        (1,377     4,279     (2,487     1,792   

Interest on junior subordinated debentures

    3        74        77        109     (30     79   
                                             

Total interest expense

    3,996        (6,562     (2,566     6,820     (9,873     3,053   
                                             

Net interest income

  $ 8,940      $ (4,668   $ 4,272      $ 4,401   $ (3,863   $ 538   
                                             

 

(1) The change in interest income or interest expense that is attributable to both changes in average balance and average rate has been allocated to the changes due to (i) average balance and (ii) average rate in proportion to the relationship of the absolute amounts of changes in each.
(2) Table does not include interest income that would have been earned on nonaccrual loans.

Provision for loan losses

We significantly increased the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $16.6 million compared with $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in the provision and the related allowance for losses reflects our assessment of, among other things, estimated loss factors assigned to specific types of loans, changes and trends in the level of delinquencies, nonaccrual loans and loan charge-offs. In addition, we considered changes in the value of collateral supporting our loans, changes in local and regional economic and business conditions and the judgment of information available to the bank regulatory agencies at the conclusion of their examination.

Noninterest income

Noninterest income was $10.0 million for 2009 compared with $5.4 million for 2008.

 

37


Table of Contents

Service charges on deposit accounts were $4.2 million for 2009, up 54 percent from $2.8 million for 2008. The increase in service charges on deposit accounts deposit reflects the increase in our core deposit base, the effect of six additional branches from the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction, and more customers using our cash management services.

We reduced our staffing in our Commercial Mortgage Division in the first quarter of 2008 due to decreased demand for commercial and multifamily mortgage loans in the secondary markets. We further reduced our staffing in the third quarter of 2009 in light of the continued low demand for these loans in the secondary market. As a result, we did not sell any loans in 2009. We originated and sold $19.9 million of commercial and multifamily mortgages in 2008. Gains from these sales were $17,000. Commissions received on brokered commercial and multifamily mortgages were $70,000 in 2009 compared with $208,000 in 2008. Similarly, due to continued low demand in the SBA secondary markets, we reduced staffing in our SBA department. We did not originate and sell any SBA 7a loans in 2009. In 2008, we originated and sold $3.8 million of SBA 7a loans. Gains from these sales were $158,000. We did not broker or receive any commissions on SBA 504 loans in 2009. In 2008, SBA 504 loan commissions were $69,000. We do not expect the demand for commercial and multifamily mortgage loans or SBA loans in the secondary markets will increase in the near term.

We repositioned our securities portfolio during the second half of 2009 by selling $176.4 million of mortgage-related securities and municipal securities and re-investing the proceeds into U.S. Treasury notes and bills and U.S. government agency notes. For all of 2009 we sold $244.1 million of securities and net gains from the sales of these securities were $6.5 million. There was no comparable activity for 2008. We believe these actions shortened the duration, increased the liquidity and reduced the risk of our securities portfolio. We also believe we have enhanced our ability to increase interest-earning loan assets in future periods.

We recognized impairment losses on private-label collateralized mortgage obligations of $1.1 million for 2009. In addition, we recognized an impairment loss of $0.4 million on a $1.0 million community development-related equity investment. There were no impairment losses for 2008. We will continue to evaluate our securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment at each reporting date and we can provide no assurance there will not be impairment losses in future periods.

We estimated the effectiveness of our interest rate swaps in off-setting changes in cash flow of hedged items and determined that a portion of these instruments were ineffective for 2008. We recognized the unrealized gains and losses related to the ineffective portion of our interest rate swaps in noninterest income. We also had an interest rate floor for which we did not designate a hedging relationship and we recognized all changes in fair value of the interest rate floor directly in current period earnings. For 2008, we recognized gains of $1.0 million, all related to the ineffective interest rate swaps and the non-hedged interest rate floor. We terminated the interest rate swap contracts in the second quarter of 2008 and the interest rate floor contract expired in December 2008.

The following table presents a summary of noninterest income:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 4,233      $ 2,756   

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

     437        424   

Commissions on brokered loans

     70        277   

Net gain on sale of loans

     —          175   

Net gain (loss) on sale of securities

     6,469        (22

Net servicing fees

     84        87   

Impairment loss on securities

     (1,507     —     

Gain on derivatives

     —          1,042   

Other income

     248        642   
                

Total noninterest income

   $ 10,034      $ 5,381   
                

 

38


Table of Contents

Noninterest expense

Our noninterest expense for 2009 was $46.9 million up 33 percent from $35.1 million for 2008. The increase in noninterest expense for reflects the growth in the number of offices and the number of employees arising from the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction as well as several other items, most notably FDIC insurance premiums. The number of offices has grown from 12 in 2008 to 17 in 2009. The number of our full-time equivalent employees also has grown from 207 at the end of 2008 to 243 at the end of 2009.

The following table presents a summary of noninterest expense:

 

     For the years ended
December 31,
     2009    2008
     (in thousands)

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 20,867    $ 18,526

Premises and equipment

     6,538      4,813

Data processing

     2,403      1,313

Legal, audit, and other professional services

     2,719      1,962

Printing, stationary, and supplies

     757      691

Telephone

     986      752

Directors’ fees

     521      434

Advertising and marketing

     1,380      1,324

Postage

     245      199

Insurance and regulatory assessments

     3,376      1,230

Loss on and expense of foreclosed property

     1,563      28

Market value loss on loans held-for-sale

     709      —  

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,626      1,190

Other expenses

     3,166      2,643
             

Total noninterest expense

   $ 46,856    $ 35,105
             

In addition to the growth in branches and personnel, for 2009 we also incurred costs of approximately $774,000 associated with the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction. These costs represent transitional personnel, legal and professional services as well as data processing, postage, supplies, stationary and other expenses attendant to the conversion and integration of 1st Centennial. We completed the system conversion and integration of 1st Centennial in the 2009 second quarter.

In the 2009 third quarter, in response to the continuing economic recession and current business activity levels, we reduced our workforce by approximately 10 percent. We expect personnel expenses will fall approximately $2.2 annually because of this action. We incurred separation expenses of approximately $235,000 in the 2009 third quarter.

In addition, during the third quarter of 2009, we closed a branch unrelated to the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial transaction that reduced the number of offices to 17. We expect to save approximately $175,000 annually because of this action. We transferred the deposit relationships of this office to near-by offices and we do not anticipate that we will experience a significant decline in deposit balances.

The FDIC charged all institutions a special insurance assessment in 2009. Our special assessment was $668,000. The insurance and regulatory assessments expense shown above for 2009 includes the FDIC special assessment. The FDIC also implemented a rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and all of 2010, 2011, and 2012 on December 30, 2009. Our prepaid assessment was $9.4 million. In addition, the FDIC increased regular insurance premiums. With a larger deposit base and increased premiums, our regular FDIC insurance expense for 2009 was $2.2 million

 

39


Table of Contents

compared with $0.7 million for 2008. We do not anticipate any further special assessments or prepaid assessments; however, we cannot assure you that the FDIC will not increase assessment rates in future periods.

We determined in the second quarter of 2009 not to pursue the sale of $31.2 million of loans previously classified as held-for-sale and returned these performing, multifamily mortgage loans to our regular portfolio. We recognized a market loss of $709,000 in noninterest expense to reduce our carrying value to the lower of cost or market value.

We acquired real estate through foreclosures and sold previously foreclosed upon real estate in 2009. The cost of foreclosed real estate and the loss on sale of foreclosed real estate was $1.6 million for 2009 compared with $28,000 for 2008. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we recognized a loss of $1.1 million to reduce the carrying value of one property to its recently appraised fair value less estimated costs of disposal.

Our efficiency ratio was 93 percent for 2009 compared with 73 percent for 2008. The efficiency ratio is the percentage relationship of noninterest expense, excluding amortization of intangibles, to the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, excluding gains or losses on security sales. The increase in our efficiency ratio reflects the increase in personnel and offices related to the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction and the time lag between the recognition of these costs and the revenue from the full deployment of the newly acquired liquid assets. In addition, 2009 noninterest expenses included integration and conversion costs associated with the transaction, the market loss on loans, the FDIC special insurance assessment as well as the expenses related to foreclosed property. Net interest income for 2009 includes the effect of lost interest income on nonaccrual loans and noninterest income includes the impairment loss on securities.

Income taxes

The income tax benefit was $3.8 million for 2009 compared with a provision of $3.5 million for 2008. The effective tax rate was 44.6 percent for 2009 compared with 35.7 percent for 2008.

The combined federal and state statutory rate for 2009 and 2008 was 42.05 percent. The effective tax benefit for 2009 approximated the combined federal and state statutory tax rate because there were little exclusions from taxable income. The effective tax rate for 2008 was less than the combined statutory tax rate because we exclude from taxable income interest income on municipal securities and the earnings on the cash surrender value of life insurance.

Financial Position — December 31, 2009 compared with December 31, 2008

Lending and credit risk

We provide a variety of loan and credit-related products and services to meet the needs of borrowers primarily located in the six Southern California counties where our branches are located. Business loans, represented by commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and construction loans comprise the largest portion of the loan portfolio. Consumer or personal loans, represented by home mortgage, home equity and installment loans, comprise a smaller portion of the loan portfolio.

Credit risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from an obligor’s failure to meet the terms of any contract with us or otherwise to perform as agreed. All activities in which success depends on counterparty, issuer, or borrower performance have credit risk. Credit risk is present any time we extend, commit or invest funds; whenever we enter into actual or implied contractual agreements for funds, whether on or off the balance sheet, credit risk is present.

All categories of loans present credit risk. Major risk factors applicable to all loan categories include changes in international, national and local economic conditions such as interest rates, inflation, unemployment levels, consumer and business confidence and the supply and demand for goods and services.

 

40


Table of Contents

Commercial real estate loans rely upon the cash flow originating from the underlying real property. Commercial real estate is a cyclical industry; general economic conditions and local supply and demand affect the commercial real estate industry. In the office sector, the demand for office space is highly dependent on employment levels. Consumer spending and confidence affect the demand for retail space and the levels of retail rents in the retail sector. The industrial sector has exposure to the level of exports, defense spending and inventory levels. Vacancy rates, location and other factors affect the amount of rental income for commercial property. Tenants may relocate, fail to honor their lease or go out of business. In the multifamily residential sector, the affordability of ownership housing, employment conditions and the vacancy of existing inventory heavily influences the demand for apartments. Population growth or decline and changing demographics, such as increases in the level of immigrants or retirees, are also factors influencing the multifamily residential sector.

Construction loans provide developers or owners with funds to build or improve properties; developers ultimately sell or lease these properties. Generally, construction loans involve a higher degree of risk than other loan categories because they rely upon the developer’s or owner’s ability to complete the project within specified cost and time limits. Cost overruns can cause the project cost to exceed the project sales price or exceed the amount of the committed permanent funding. Any number of reasons, such as poor weather, material or labor shortages, labor difficulties, or redoing substandard work to pass inspection, can delay construction projects. Furthermore, changes in market conditions or credit markets may affect a project’s viability once completed.

Commercial loans rely upon the cash flow originating from the underlying business activity of the enterprise. The manufacture, distribution or sale of goods or sale of services are not only affected by general economic conditions but also by the ability of the enterprise’s management to adjust to local supply and demand conditions, maintain good labor, vendor and customer relationships, as well as market, price and sell their goods or services for a profit. Customer demand for goods and services of the enterprise may change because of competition or obsolescence.

Home mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit use first or second trust deeds on a borrower’s real estate property, typically their principal residence, as collateral. These loans depend on a person’s ability to regularly pay the principal and interest due on the loan and, secondarily, on the value of real estate property that serves as collateral for the loan. Generally, home mortgages involve a lower degree of risk than other loan categories because of the relationship of the loan amount to the value of the residential real estate and a person’s reluctance to forego their principal place of residence. General economic conditions and local supply and demand, however, affect home real estate values. Installment loans and credit card lines also depend on a person’s ability to pay principal and interest on a loan in a regular manner; however, generally these are unsecured loans or, if secured, the collateral value can rapidly decline, as is the case for automobiles. A person’s ability to service debt is highly dependent upon their continued employment or financial stability. Job loss, divorce, illness and bankruptcy are just a few of the risks that may affect a person’s ability to service their debt.

We obtain appraisals when extending credit for real estate secured loans as follows:

 

  1. All business loans in excess of $1,000,000 where real estate will be taken as collateral but where the sale or rental of the real estate is not the primary source of repayment;

 

  2. All business loans in excess of $250,000 where real estate will be taken as collateral and where the sale or rental of the real estate is the primary source of repayment; and

 

  3. All other real estate secured loans in excess of $250,000.

All real estate secured loans, at the time of origination, renewal or extension, require a current appraisal. A current appraisal is an appraisal with an “as of’ date not more than six months before the date of funding or renewal or extension. We also obtain updated appraisals when the useful life of the appraisal ceases. Under the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice guidelines, the useful life of an appraisal, regardless of the dollar amount, is the life of the loan. However, useful life ends when (a) there has been a deterioration in the

 

41


Table of Contents

borrower’s performance and there is an increasing likelihood of a forced liquidation of the property and the existing appraisal is older than two years old, or (b) there has been deterioration in the property’s value due to a significant depreciation in local real estate values, lack of maintenance, changes in zoning, environmental contamination or other circumstances.

Since the risks in each category of loan changes based on a number of factors, it is not possible to state whether a particular type of lending carries with it a greater or lesser degree of risk at any specific time in the economic cycle. Generally, in a stabilized economic environment, home mortgage loans have the least risk, followed by home equity loans, multifamily property loans, commercial property loans, commercial loans and lines and finally construction loans. However, this ordering may vary from time to time and the degree of risk from the credits with the least risk to those with the highest risk profile may expand or contract with the general economy.

We manage credit risk through Board approved policies and procedures. At least annually, the Board reviews and approves these policies. Lending policies provide us with a framework for consistent loan underwriting and a basis for sound credit decisions. Lending policies specify, among other things, the parameters for the type or purpose of the loan, the required debt service coverage and the required collateral requirements. Credit limits are also established and certain loans require approval by the Directors’ Loan Committee. The Directors’ Loan Committee also engages a third party to perform a credit review of the loan portfolio to ensure compliance with policies and assist in the evaluation of the credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio.

Loans

Total loans, excluding loans held for sale, increased 19 percent to $939.2 million at December 31, 2009 from $788.4 million at December 31, 2008. Loan growth is primarily the result of strong commercial and real estate lending in our immediate market areas and the $101 million of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction.

The following table presents our portfolio of loans:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial mortgage

   $ 381,334      $ 302,016      $ 295,496      $ 141,741      $ 121,641   

Commercial loans and lines of credit

     235,849        228,958        189,638        105,574        89,261   

Multifamily mortgage

     138,548        51,607        34,198        17,602        18,663   

Construction and land development

     86,609        133,054        148,101        82,954        91,783   

Home mortgage

     51,036        45,202        46,193        8,206        9,970   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     40,122        22,568        22,519        2,493       342   

Installment & credit card

     5,748        5,016        10,034        7,148        6,898   
                                        

Total loans

     939,246        788,421        746,179        365,718        338,558   

Allowance for loan losses

     (16,505     (8,048     (7,828     (4,740     (4,468
                                        

Loans, net

   $ 922,741      $ 780,373      $ 738,351      $ 360,978      $ 334,090   
                                        

Loans held-for-sale

   $ —        $ 31,401     $ 11,454     $ —        $ —     

The loan categories above are derived from bank regulatory reporting standards for loans secured by real estate; however, a portion of the mortgage loans above are loans that we consider to be commercial loans for which we have taken real estate collateral as additional support or from an abundance of caution. In these instances, we are not looking to the real property as its primary source of repayment, but rather as a secondary or tertiary source of repayment.

 

42


Table of Contents

Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2008 represented performing multifamily residential loans originated from January 2008 to December 2008 at interest rates that approximated market rates. In the first quarter of 2009, we identified two prospective buyers for these loans and they undertook their purchase due diligence shortly after year-end. We accepted a bid from one of these buyers in March subject to completion of due diligence. This prospective buyer aggregates loans and re-sells them to FNMA. Subsequent to accepting the bid, FNMA changed its underwriting and documentation standards and, while we did work with the prospective buyer and our borrowers to meet these new standards, we ultimately determined not to pursue the sale and returned these performing, multifamily mortgage loans to our regular loan portfolio. Even though these loans are performing, buyers in the current marketplace would require a yield higher than the current interest rates on these loans. We recognized a market value loss of $709,000 in noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2009 to write down these loans to the lower of cost or market value.

Commercial mortgage loans, the largest segment of our portfolio, were 41 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009, up from 38 percent at December 31, 2008. We had approximately 371 commercial mortgage loans with an average balance of $1,031,000. Many different commercial property types collateralize our commercial mortgage loans. Our top three categories have been industrial/warehouse, office, and retail. In addition, most of our commercial property lending is in Los Angeles, Orange and Ventura counties. The following is a table of our commercial mortgage lending by county.

 

Commercial mortgage loans by county

   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2008
     (in thousands)

Southern California

     

Los Angeles

   $ 195,306    $ 154,669

Orange

     30,954      31,808

Ventura

     93,899      87,770

Riverside

     21,148      8,549

San Bernardino

     17,518      9,834

Santa Barbara

     236      236

San Diego

     15,555      2,966
             

Total Southern California

     374,616      295,832
             

Northern California

     

Alameda

     319      342

Contra Costa

     408      434

Fresno

     2,479      2,512

Imperial

     369      —  

Kern

     1,037      1,115

Madera

     550      561

Placer

     625      635

Sacramento

     358      —  

Solano

     278      285

Tulare

     295      300
             

Total Northern California

     6,718      6,184
             

Total commercial mortgage loans

   $ 381,334    $ 302,016
             

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table shows the distribution of our commercial mortgage loans by property type at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

Commercial mortgage loans by property type

   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2008
     (in thousands)

Industrial/warehouse

   $ 90,379    $ 60,171

Office

     87,923      59,183

Retail

     70,140      57,799

Self storage

     20,024      10,081

Mixed use

     18,292      9,334

Hotel

     13,955      14,522

Medical

     11,469      15,174

Assisted living

     11,332      11,478

Restaurant

     9,584      11,636

All other

     48,236      52,638
             

Total commercial mortgage loans

   $ 381,334    $ 302,016
             

We generally underwrote commercial mortgage loans with a maximum loan-to-value of 70 percent and a minimum debt-service-coverage ratio of 1.25. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, we changed the maximum loan-to-value to 60 percent and the minimum debt-service-coverage ratio to 1.35. We believe these changes to our loan origination policies were prudent given the current economic environment. These criteria may become more stringent depending on the type of property. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate portfolio was 57.6 percent and the weighted average debt-service-coverage ratio was 1.57 at December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2008, the weighted-average loan-to-value ratio was 58.5 percent and debt-service-coverage ratio was 1.52 for our commercial mortgage loan portfolio. We focus on cash flow; consequently, regardless the value of the collateral, the commercial real estate project must provide sufficient cash flow, or alternatively the principals must supplement the project with other cash flow, to service the debt. We generally require the principals to guarantee the loan. We also “stress-test” commercial mortgage loans to determine the potential affect changes in interest rates, vacancy rates, and lease or rent rates would have on the cash flow of the project. Additionally, at least on an annual basis, we require updates on the cash flow of the project and, where practicable, we visit the properties.

 

44


Table of Contents

Commercial loans represent the next largest category of loans. At December 31, 2009, commercial loans were 25 percent of total loans, down from 29 percent at December 31, 2008. We had approximately 741 commercial loans with an average balance of $317,000. Unused commitments on commercial loans were $88.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared with $103.5 million at December 31, 2008. Working capital, equipment purchases and business expansion are the typical purposes for commercial loans. Commercial loans may be unsecured or secured by assets such as equipment, inventory, accounts receivables, and real property. Personal guarantees of the business owner may also be present. Additionally, these loans may also have partial guarantees from the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) or other federal or state agencies. Diversified business sectors with the largest sectors in information, services and real estate make-up our commercial loan portfolio. Below is a table of our loans by business sector.

 

Commercial loans by industry/sector

   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2008
     (in thousands)

Information

   $ 62,086    $ 55,510

Services

     61,629      56,298

Real Estate

     51,714      54,200

Trade

     26,119      24,865

Manufacturing

     16,141      10,620

Healthcare

     12,566      13,731

Transportation and Warehouse

     5,562      8,796

Other

     32      4,938
             

Total commercial loans

   $ 235,849    $ 228,958
             

We underwrite commercial loans with maturities not to exceed seven years and we generally require full amortization of the loan within the term of the loan. We generally underwrite working capital lines for a 12 month period and have a 30-day out-of-debt requirement. Accounts receivable and inventory financing revolving lines of credit have an annual maturity date, a maximum advance rate, and an annual field audit for lines of $200,000 or more. Third-party vendors perform field audits for our accounts receivable and inventory financing revolving lines of credit. The maximum advance rate for accounts receivable is 80 percent and the maximum advance rate for eligible inventory is 25 percent.

 

45


Table of Contents

Construction and land development loans were 9 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009 down from 17 percent at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2009, we had approximately 30 projects with an average commitment of $2,967,000. Construction loans represent single-family, multi-family and commercial building projects. The decline in construction and land loans since the end of 2008 reflects principally the successful completion and sale of projects as well as the general reduction in new business activity. At December 31, 2009, 26 percent of these loans or $22.3 million represent single-family residential construction projects, 5 percent or $4.7 million were multi-family residential construction projects, and 43 percent, or $37.3 million were commercial projects. The remaining 26 percent or $22.3 million were land development projects. Construction loans are typically short term, with maturities ranging from 12 to 18 months. For commercial projects, we have a maximum loan-to-value requirement of 75 percent of the appraised value. For residential projects, the maximum loan-to-value has been 80 percent. Beginning in the third quarter of 2009, we changed the maximum loan-to-value to 70 percent for both commercial and residential projects. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio for our construction and land portfolio was 70.7 percent at December 31, 2009 and 62.5 percent at December 31, 2008. The change in the loan-to-value ratio reflects the change in the composition of the underlying projects and the general decline in value as evidenced by recent appraisals. At December 31, 2009, we have six construction loans for which we capitalize interest income. Capitalized interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 was $267,000 for these six loans. At the borrower’s expense, we use a third party vendor for funds control, lien releases and inspections. In addition, we regularly monitor the marketplace and the economic trends for evidence of deterioration in real estate values. Below is a table of our construction and land loans by county.

 

     At December 31, 2009    At December 31, 2008

Construction/land loans by county

   Commitment    Outstanding    Commitment    Outstanding
     (in thousands)

Los Angeles

   $ 42,657    $ 35,272    $ 91,254    $ 66,390

Orange

     7,157      6,894      8,550      3,650

Ventura

     55,896      40,459      56,101      50,290

Riverside

     4,054      3,984      2,984      2,958

San Bernardino

     —        —        414      417

San Diego

     —        —        736      738

Santa Barbara

     —        —        8,611      8,611
                           

Total construction

   $ 109,764    $ 86,609    $ 168,650    $ 133,054
                           

We are mindful of the recent developments in our marketplace and supplemented our regular monitoring practices. We regularly update project appraisals, re-evaluate estimated project marketing time and re-evaluate the sufficiency of the original loan commitment to absorb interest charges (i.e., interest reserves). We also re-evaluate the project sponsor’s ability, where applicable, to successfully complete other projects funded by other institutions. In circumstances where the interest reserve was not sufficient, the project sponsor has made payments to us from their general resources or the project sponsor placed with us the proceeds from a portion of the project sale. While we believe that our monitoring practices are adequate, we cannot assure you that there will not be further delinquencies, lengthened project marketing time or declines in real estate values.

 

46


Table of Contents

Multifamily residential mortgage loans were 15 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009 up from 7 percent at December 31, 2008. We had approximately 160 multifamily loans with an average balance of $868,000. Apartments mostly located in our six-county market area serve as collateral for our multifamily loans. We reclassified $31.2 million of performing multifamily loans, the entire amount of our loans held-for-sale, to loans in the second quarter of 2009. These multifamily loans were located in Los Angeles, Orange and Ventura counties. We underwrite multifamily mortgage loans in a fashion similar to commercial mortgage loans previously described. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio was 60.2 percent and the weighted average debt-service-coverage ratio was 1.29 for our multifamily portfolio at December 31, 2009. A year ago, the weighted average loan-to-value ratio was 58.7 percent and the weighted average debt-service-coverage ratio was 1.25 percent. Below is a table of our multifamily mortgage loans by county.

 

Multi-family mortgage loans by county

   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2008
     (in thousands)

Southern California

     

Los Angeles

   $ 93,433    $ 15,574

Orange

     17,236      17,774

Ventura

     7,590      3,842

San Bernardino

     4,030      3,925

San Diego

     5,065      3,016
             

Total

     127,354      44,131
             

Northern California

     

Alameda

     797      806

Calaveras

     1,373      1,387

Fresno

     251      256

Kern

     2,679      —  

Merced

     671      681

Monterey

     384      388

Mono

     231      235

San Francisco

     1,346      1,363

San Luis Obispo

     499      504

Santa Barbara

     1,131      —  

Santa Clara

     702      711

Santa Cruz

     1,130      1,145
             

Total

     11,194      7,476
             

Total multifamily mortgage loans

   $ 138,548    $ 51,607
             

 

47


Table of Contents

The table below illustrates the distribution of our loan portfolio by loan size at December 31, 2009. We distribute all loans by loan balance outstanding except construction and land loans, which we distribute by loan commitment. At year-end 2009, one-third of our loans were less than $1 million; three-quarters of our loans were less than $5 million. We believe the high number of smaller-balance loans aids in the mitigation of credit risk; however, a prolonged and deep recession can affect a greater number of borrowers.

 

     December 31, 2009  
      Less
than
$500,000
    $500,000
to
$999,999
    $1,000,000
to
$2,999,999
    $3,000,000
to
$4,999,999
    $5,000,000
to
$9,999,999
    $10,000,000
to
$23,000,000
 

Commercial mortgage

   11   14   32   12   24   7

Commercial loans and lines of credit

   26   12   33   9   8   12

Construction and land development

   3   3   11   27   26   30

Multifamily mortgage

   12   31   40   2   15   0

Home mortgage

   29   23   21   0   27   0

Home equity loans and lines of credit

   37   21   23   19   0   0

Installment & credit card

   88   12   0   0   0   0
                                    

Totals

   17   16   30   11   18   8

The following table presents the scheduled maturities of fixed and adjustable rate loans.

 

     December 31, 2009
      One year
or less
   After one
year to
five
years
   After five
years
   Total
     (in thousands)

Fixed rate loans

           

Commercial mortgage

   $ 28,307    $ 86,360    $ 39,364    $ 154,031

Multifamily mortgage

     1,934      1,172      11,861      14,967

Commercial loans and lines

     52,524      35,754      5,953      94,231

Construction and land

     8,452      4,051      —        12,503

Home mortgage

     8,878      8,416      8,683      25,977

Home equity loans

     1,581      10,700      878      13,159

Installment & credit card

     969      1,431      51      2,451
                           

Total fixed rate loan maturities

     102,645      147,884      66,790      317,319
                           

Adjustable rate loans

           

Commercial mortgage

     29,988      52,924      144,391      227,303

Multifamily mortgage

     1,275      14,744      107,562      123,581

Commercial loans and lines

     79,351      45,204      17,030      141,585

Construction and land

     69,701      4,405      —        74,106

Home mortgage

     4,842      2,271      17,946      25,059

Home equity loans

     7,284      6,289      13,391      26,964

Installment & credit card

     1,599      603      1,127      3,329
                           

Total adjustable rate loan maturities

     194,040      126,440      301,447      621,927
                           

Total maturities

   $ 296,685    $ 274,324    $ 368,237    $ 939,246
                           

Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for inherent losses in the loan portfolio. We establish the allowance through a provision charged to expense. We charge-off all loans judged uncollectible against the

 

48


Table of Contents

allowance while we credit any recoveries on loans to the allowance. We charge-off commercial and real estate loans — construction, commercial mortgage, multifamily mortgage and home mortgage — by the time their principal or interest becomes 120 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. We also charge-off consumer loans by the time they become 90 days delinquent unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. We also charge-off deposit overdrafts when they become more than 60 days old. We evaluate impaired loans on a case-by-case basis to determine the ultimate loss potential to us after considering the proceeds realizable from a sale of collateral. In those cases where the collateral value is less than the loan, we charge-off the loan to reduce the balance to a level equal to the net realizable value of the collateral. We consider a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, we do not expect to be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments.

Our loan policy provides procedures designed to evaluate and assess the risk factors associated with our loan portfolio, to enable us to assess such risk factors prior to granting new loans and to evaluate the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses. We assess the allowance on a monthly basis and undertake a more critical evaluation quarterly. At the time of the monthly review, the Board of Directors will examine and formally approve the adequacy of the allowance. The quarterly evaluation includes an assessment of the following factors: any external loan review and any regulatory examination, estimated probable loss exposure on each pool of loans, concentrations of credit, value of collateral, the level of delinquency and non-accruals, trends in the portfolio volume, effects of any changes in the lending policies and procedures, changes in lending personnel, present economic conditions at the local, state and national level, the amount of undisbursed off-balance sheet commitments, and a migration analysis of historical losses and recoveries for the prior sixteen quarters.

Our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses includes a review of individual loans to identify specific probable losses and assigns estimated loss factors to specific groups or types of loans to calculate possible losses. In addition, we estimate the probable loss on previously accrued but unpaid interest. We refer to these as quantitative considerations. Our evaluation also considers subjective factors such as changes in local and regional economic and business conditions, financial improvement or deterioration in business sectors and industries, changes in lending practices, changes in personnel, changes in the volume and level of past due and nonaccrual loans and concentrations of credit. We refer to these as qualitative considerations.

Our year-end 2009 evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses considered, among other things, estimated loss factors assigned to specific types of loans, changes and trends in the level of delinquencies, nonaccrual loans and loan charge-offs, changes in the value of collateral, changes in the local and regional economic and business conditions, the judgment of the bank regulatory agencies at the conclusion of their examination process with respect to information available to them during such examination process. More specifically, we revised upward, in the first and fourth quarters of 2009, our estimated loss factors for our qualitative considerations. We also revised upward in the fourth quarter our estimated loss factors for our quantitative considerations. Our reasons are as follows.

We considered the increased trend in the level of our delinquencies, nonaccrual loans and loan charge-offs. Total past due loans and nonaccrual loans increased to $54.8 million at December 31, 2009 from $49.6 million at September 30, 2009, $27.2 million at June 30, 2009, $14.8 million at March 31, 2009, and $11.5 million at December 31, 2008. Foreclosed property increased to $4.9 million at December 31, 2009 compared to $0.3 million at December 31, 2008. Net loan charge-offs increased to $8.2 million, or 0.89% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $0.9 million, or 0.12% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2008.

We considered the prolonged marketing time and declining sales prices for our completed construction loan portfolio. Our construction and land loan portfolio was 9 percent of total loans at December 31, 2009 compared with 17 percent at December 31, 2008. While this loan portfolio declined principally from successful marketing and sales efforts, the continued disruption in the residential and commercial mortgage loan markets and the continued downward pressure on real estate values may adversely affect these loans.

 

49


Table of Contents

We considered our entry into a new market area with new lending personnel arising from the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction. This market area has experienced severe declines in real estate values, a large number of business and personal bankruptcies and several bank failures. We evaluated the credit risk of the loans acquired in the transaction and the loans originated since the transaction using the same standards as for our other loans; however, we are mindful that the difficulties confronting businesses in this new market area may adversely affect these loans.

Finally, we considered the possible length and depth of the economic recession and the impact it might have on our borrowers and the judgment of the bank regulatory agencies at the conclusion of their examination process with respect to information available to them during such examination process.

As a result, we increased the allowance for loan losses to $16.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $8.0 million at December 31, 2008. The provision for loan losses was $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared with $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to loans was 1.76 percent at December 31, 2009 compared with 1.02 percent at December 31, 2008.

Due to the current economic climate, we do not anticipate that delinquency trends, nonaccrual loan levels, and net loan charge-offs will return to our 2005 to 2008 historical experience. As such, we anticipate our provision for loan losses will change from quarter to quarter based on our determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses at each period end.

We believe that our allowance for loan losses was adequate at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The determination of the allowance for loan losses, however, is a highly judgmental process and we cannot assure you that we will not further increase or decrease the allowance or that bank regulators will not require us to increase or decrease the allowance in the future.

The following table presents activity in the allowance for loan losses.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
      2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 8,048      $ 7,828      $ 4,740      $ 4,468      $ 3,511   

Balance acquired in purchase

     —          —          3,554        —          —     

Provision (credit) for loan losses

     16,646        1,150        —          248        (84

Loans charged-off

     (8,580     (1,075     (567     (55     (10

Transfer to undisbursed commitment

     —          —          —          62        (165

Recoveries on loans charged-off

     391        145        101        17        1,216   
                                        

Ending balance

   $ 16,505      $ 8,048      $ 7,828      $ 4,740      $ 4,468   
                                        

Allowance to loans

     1.76     1.02     1.05     1.30     1.32

Net loans charged-off (recovered) to average loans

     0.89     0.12     0.07     0.01     (0.38 %) 

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table presents the net loan charge-offs (recoveries) by loan type for the periods indicated.

 

      Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2009
    Twelve Months Ended
December 31, 2008
     (in thousands)

Construction

   $ 853      $ 13

Home mortgage

     1,210        —  

Commercial loans & lines

     4,537        332

Commercial mortgage

     1,599        19

Consumer

     (10     566
              

Total

   $ 8,189      $ 930
              

Net loan charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $8.2 million compared with $0.9 million for the prior year. A significant portion of our 2009 net loan charge-offs are related to one loan relationship that had a $2.0 million owner-occupied commercial mortgage and $5.4 million of secured business loans, wherein the borrower abruptly discontinued business. We realized $3.6 million of loan charge-offs on this loan relationship in the second half of 2009: $3.1 million related to the secured business loans and $0.5 million related to the owner-occupied commercial mortgage loan. In addition, we realized a $0.5 million charge-off on a $1.8 million nonaccrual commercial mortgage loan on which we began foreclosure in the third quarter of 2009. Also during 2009, we realized $1.2 million of loan charge-offs related to seven home mortgage loans. We purchased 110 home mortgage loans in 2005, 2006 and 2007 with an original unpaid principal balance of $55.7 million. A national mortgage company services these loans for us. At December 31, 2009, there were 57 and $23.6 million of these purchased home mortgage loans remaining. Also in the first half of 2009, we realized a $0.6 million loan charge-off on a construction loan. The borrower could not overcome engineering issues and abandoned the project. Finally, in the second quarter of 2009, we received a $0.2 million recovery on a consumer loan charged-off in the first quarter of 2008.

The following table illustrates the significant net loan charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Description

  Construction
and Land
    Home
Mortgage
    Commercial
Loans
    Commercial
Mortgage
    Installment     Total  

$7.4 MM business loan relationship

  $ —        $ —        $ 3.1      $ 0.5      $ —        $ 3.6   

$1.8 MM office building

    —          —          —          0.5        —          0.5   

Purchased home mortgage portfolio

    —          1.2        —          —          —          1.2   

$0.6 MM construction loan

    0.6        —          —          —          —          0.6   

$0.6 MM consumer loan

    —          —          —          —          (0.2     (0.2

All other loan charge-offs and recoveries, net

    0.3        —          1.4        0.6        0.2        2.5   
                                               

Net loan charge-offs 2009

  $ 0.9      $ 1.2      $ 4.5      $ 1.6      $ —        $ 8.2   
                                               

Average loan balance for the 2009 year

  $ 105.0      $ 82.1      $ 223.3      $ 503.1      $ 6.8      $ 920.3   

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

    0.81     1.47     2.03     0.32     —          0.89

 

51


Table of Contents

The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses to each loan category and the percentage relationship of loans in each category to total loans:

 

    For the years ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
     Allocation
of the
allowance
by loan
category
  Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Allocation
of the
allowance
by loan
category
  Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Allocation
of the
allowance
by loan
category
  Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Allocation
of the
allowance
by loan
category
  Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
    Allocation
of the
allowance
by loan
category
  Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans
 
    (in thousands)  

Commercial mortgage

  $ 4,850   41   $ 2,504   38   $ 2,928   40   $ 1,545   39   $ 1,600   36

Multifamily mortgage

    3,277   15     421   7     174   5     265   5     247   6

Commercial loans

    4,796   25     2,463   29     1,991   25     1,384   29     1,177   26

Construction loans

    2,460   9     2,069   17     1,836   20     1,252   23     1,211   27

Home equity loans

    453   4     186   3     75   3     —     1     —     —  

Home mortgage

    605   5     362   6     471   6     132   2     138   3

Installment and credit card

    64   1     43   —       353   1     162   1     95   2
                                                           

Total

  $ 16,505   100   $ 8,048   100   $ 7,828   100 %%    $ 4,740   100   $ 4,468   100
                                                           

The amounts or proportions displayed above do not imply that charges to the allowance will occur in those amounts or proportions.

The following table presents past due and nonaccrual loans. We had one $0.6 million restructured loan at December 31, 2009, and no restructured loans for any of the other periods presented. The $0.6 million restructured loan at December 31, 2009 is included in the $40.0 million nonaccrual loan total shown below.

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
      2009     2008     2007     2006    2005  
     (in thousands)  

Accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days

   $ 14,592      $ 2,644     $ 4,746     $ —      $ —     

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more

   $ 200      $ 429     $ 2,848     $ —      $ —     

Nonaccrual loans

   $ 39,958      $ 8,475     $ 5,720     $ —      $ 319   

Ratios:

           

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more to average loans

     0.02     0.05 %     0.42 %     —        —     

Nonaccrual loans to average loans

     4.35     1.08 %     0.84 %     —        0.10

Interest foregone on nonaccrual loans:

           

Foregone interest

   $ 2,134     $ 543     $ 339      $ 28    $ 11   

Accruing loans past due 30 to 89 days increased to $14.6 million at December 31, 2009 from $2.6 million at December 31, 2008. This category of loans historically has had the most fluctuation from period to period. At December 31, 2009 we had two loans for $9.0 million that were past due 30 to 59 days. One commercial loan borrower paid in full their $0.7 million loan in January 2010. The borrower for an $8.3 million construction loan representing a substantially-completed high-end residence in Beverly Hills, California brought the loan current in January 2010. The borrower is completing landscaping and has begun marketing the home. We obtained our most current appraisal in the 2009 second quarter and this appraisal indicates a loan-to-value of approximately 78 percent. Accordingly, we have no specific loss allowance for this loan. The loan will mature in March 2010 at which time we anticipate obtaining a re-appraisal of the residence.

Our largest nonaccrual loan was a $22.1 million completed construction loan in Ventura County. This office complex project began in the 2007 first quarter and consists of 31 buildings on 13 acres. We filed a notice of default in the 2009 third quarter. Nine units sold in 2008 and one unit sold in 2009. Three units are presently in escrow for approximately $2.4 million and we expect them to close in the 2010 first quarter. We obtained our

 

52


Table of Contents

most current appraisal in the 2009 fourth quarter and this appraisal indicates a loan-to-value ratio of approximately 72 percent. Accordingly, we have no specific loss allowance for this loan.

Our next largest nonaccrual loan relationship represents two completed high-end homes in the coastal communities of Los Angeles County for $7.6 million. We filed notices of default in the 2009 third quarter. One of these loans with a balance of $3.1 million paid off in full in the 2010 first quarter. Our most current appraisal for the remaining loan indicates a loan-to-value of approximately 80 percent. Accordingly, we have no specific loss allowance for this loan relationship.

Our third largest nonaccrual loan relationship represents a $1.6 million owner-occupied commercial mortgage loan and $1.6 million of business loans to a borrower who abruptly discontinued business in the 2009 third quarter. These amounts are after charge-offs of $0.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. We have received since the end of the 2009 third quarter proceeds of approximately $0.6 million from the sale of equipment and collection of accounts receivable. While we are making every attempt to maximize proceeds from the collection of accounts receivable and the sale of assets, we cannot assure you that there will not be further loan charge-offs on this relationship. We estimated at December 31, 2009 a specific loss allowance of $0.8 million for this loan relationship and this estimate may increase in subsequent periods.

Our next largest nonaccrual loan was a $1.7 million multifamily loan located in Los Angeles County. The loan is over 90 days delinquent. We filed a notice of default in the 2009 fourth quarter but have delayed foreclosure until the completion of an environmental assessment. We estimated at December 31, 2009 a specific loss allowance of $1.7 million for this loan.

Our fifth largest nonaccrual loan was a $1.3 million office building in Riverside County. We filed a notice of default in the 2009 third quarter, realized a charge-off of $0.5 million in the 2009 third quarter based upon a current appraisal and anticipate completing our foreclosure in the 2010 first quarter. We estimated that the carrying value of the loan after the loan charge-off approximates the net proceeds we will receive through the sale of the office building. Accordingly, we have no specific loss allowance for this loan.

We have one other nonaccrual loan in excess of $1 million and that is a $1.1 million multifamily loan in Los Angeles County. A notice of default was filed in the 2009 fourth quarter. Our most current appraisal indicates a loan-to-value of approximately 69 percent. Accordingly, we have no specific loss allowance for this loan. All other nonaccrual loans are individually under $1 million at December 31, 2009.

The following table presents the activity in our nonaccrual loan category for the periods indicated.

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,  
     2009     2008  
     # of Loans     $ Amount     # of Loans     $ Amount  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   7      $ 8,475      1      $ 5,720   

New loans added

   27        44,575      12        5,336   

Repurchase of SBA-guaranteed participation

   —          136      —          —     

Loans transferred to foreclosed property

   (3     (6,612   (1     (220

Loans returned to accrual status

   —          —        (2     (1,873

Payoffs on existing loans

   (6     (3,377   (1     (388

Partial charge-offs on existing loans

   —          (1,311   —          —     

Charge-offs on existing loans

   (4     (740   (2     (88

Payments on existing loans

   —          (1,188   —          (12
                            

Ending balance

   21      $ 39,958      7      $ 8,475   
                            

 

53


Table of Contents

Foreclosed property at December 31, 2009 represents 161 acres of unimproved land located in an unincorporated section of western Los Angeles County know as Liberty Canyon. We carry this property at its latest appraised value less estimated selling costs.

The following table presents the activity of our foreclosed property for the periods indicated.

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,  
     2009     2008  
     # of Properties     $ Amount     # of Properties     $ Amount  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   2      $ 327      1      $ 197   

New properties added

   3        6,891      2        338   

Write-downs of existing properties

   (1     (1,284   —          —     

Sales proceeds received

   (3     (1,041   (1     (208
                            

Ending balance

   1      $ 4,893      2      $ 327   
                            

The allowance for losses on undisbursed commitments was $97,000 and $102,000 at December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively. The allowance for losses on undisbursed commitments is included in “accrued interest payable and other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.

We consider a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, we do not expect to be able to collect all amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. Due to the size and nature of the loan portfolio, we determine impaired loans by periodic evaluation on an individual loan basis. The average investment in impaired loans was $34.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Impaired loans were $40.0 million at December 31, 2009 and $34.5 million at December 31, 2008. Allowances for losses for individually impaired loans are computed in accordance with FASB accounting codification guidance related to accounting by creditors for impairment of a loan, and are based on either the estimated collateral value less estimated selling costs (if the loan is a collateral-dependent loan), or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Of the $40.0 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2009, $3.5 million had specific allowances of $2.7 million. Of the $34.5 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2008, $2.0 million had specific allowances of $0.6 million.

Investing, funding and liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from the inability to meet obligations when they come due without incurring unacceptable losses. Liquidity risk includes the inability to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources as well as the failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value.

We manage bank liquidity risk through Board approved policies and procedures. The Directors review and approve these policies at least annually. Liquidity risk policies provide us with a framework for consistent evaluation of risk and establish risk tolerance parameters. Management’s Asset and Liability Committee meets regularly to evaluate liquidity risk, review and establish deposit interest rates, review loan and deposit in-flows and out-flows and reports quarterly to the Directors’ Balance Sheet Management Committee on compliance with policies. The Directors’ Audit Committee also engages a third party to perform a review of management’s asset and liability practices to ensure compliance with policies.

We enjoy a large base of core deposits (representing checking, savings and small balance non-brokered certificates of deposit). At December 31, 2009, core deposits were $830.4 million. At December 31, 2008, core deposits were $503.8 million. The increase is a result of the core deposits acquired in connection with the FDIC-

 

54


Table of Contents

assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction as well as deposit growth throughout our branch network. Core deposits represent a significant low-cost source of funds that support our lending activities and represent a key part of our funding strategy. We seek and stress the importance of both loan and deposit relationships with customers in our business plans.

Alternative funding sources include large balance certificates of deposits, brokered deposits, federal funds purchased from other institutions, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and borrowings. Total alternative funds used at December 31, 2009 declined to $437.8 million from $579.0 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in core deposits allowed us to reduce these funds.

In addition, we have lines of credit with other financial institutions providing for federal funds facilities up to a maximum of $27.0 million. The lines of credit support short-term liquidity needs and we cannot use them for more than 30 consecutive days. These lines are unsecured, have no formal maturity date and can be revoked at any time by the granting institutions. There were no borrowings under these lines of credit at December 31, 2009 and 2008. We also have a $12.4 million secured borrowing facility with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, which had no balance outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008. In addition, we had approximately $144.4 million of available borrowing capacity on the Bank’s secured FHLB borrowing facility at December 31, 2009.

The primary sources of liquidity for the Company, on a stand-alone basis, include the dividends from the Bank and, historically, our ability to issue equity and debt instruments. The ability of the Company to obtain funds for its cash requirements, including payments on the junior subordinated debentures underlying our outstanding trust preferred securities and dividends on our series B preferred stock, is largely dependent upon the Bank’s earnings. The Bank is subject to restrictions under certain federal and state laws and regulations, which limit its ability to transfer funds to the Company through intercompany loans, advances or cash dividends. The California Department of Financial Institutions, or DFI, under its general supervisory authority as it relates to a bank’s capital requirements regulates dividends paid by California state banks. A California state bank may declare a dividend without the approval of the DFI as long as the total dividends declared in a calendar year do not exceed either the retained earnings or the total of net profits for three previous fiscal years less any dividends paid during such period. At January 1, 2010, there were $10 million of dividends available for payment under the method described; however, as disclosed, the Company cannot receive dividends from the Bank without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we received no dividends from the Bank. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we received $3.0 million in dividends from the Bank. The Company has $5.2 million in cash on deposit with the Bank at December 31, 2009.

Securities

We classify securities as ‘available-for-sale’ for accounting purposes and, as such, report them at their fair, or market, values in our balance sheets. We use quoted market prices for fair values. We report as ‘other comprehensive income or loss’, net of tax changes in the fair value of our securities (that is, unrealized holding gains or losses) and carry these cumulative changes as accumulated comprehensive income or loss within shareholders’ equity until realized.

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table presents securities, at amortized cost, by maturity distribution and weighted average yield (tax equivalent):

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2009  
      One year
or less
    After one
year to
five years
    After five
years to
ten
years
    Over ten
years
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Maturity distribution

          

U.S. Treasury notes/bills

   $ 52,934      $ 89,683      $ —        $ —        $ 142,617   

U.S. government agency notes

     —          73,481        3,616        —          77,097   

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

     —          6,456        19,119        21,459        47,034   

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     582        25,386        13,029        8,031        47,028   

Private label collateralized mortgage obligations

     —          14,675        11,126        7,183        32,984   

Municipal securities

     —          90        2,760        5,135        7,985   

Other domestic debt securities

     —          —          —          4,848        4,848   
                                        

Total

   $ 53,516      $ 209,771      $ 49,650      $ 46,656      $ 359,593   
                                        

Weighted average yield

          

U.S. Treasury notes/bills

     0.23     0.82     —          —          0.60

U.S. government agency notes

     —          1.40     1.49     —          1.40

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

     —          3.82     3.57     4.18     3.88

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     5.44     3.54     4.59     4.37     4.00

Private label collateralized mortgage obligations

     —          5.65     5.60     5.98     5.70

Municipal securities

     —          7.19     4.84     6.66     6.04

Other domestic debt securities

     —          —          —          1.18     1.18
                                        

Total

     0.28     1.79     4.21     4.45     2.24
                                        

Securities, at amortized cost, increased by $143.1 million, or 66 percent, from $216.4 million at December 31, 2008 to $359.6 million at December 31, 2009 primarily from the securities acquired in the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction and purchases in excess of sales, maturities and paydowns during the year.

Net unrealized holding losses were $9.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $14.0 million at December 31, 2008. As a percentage of securities, at amortized cost, net unrealized holding losses were 2.77 percent and 6.46 percent at the end of each respective period. Securities are comprised largely of U.S. Treasury bills and notes, and U.S. government agency notes, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate our individual available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairment. As part of this evaluation, we consider whether we intend to sell each security and whether it is more-likely-than-not that, we will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. Should a security meet either of these conditions, we recognize an impairment charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in an unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, we consider whether we expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security by comparing our best estimate, on a present value basis, of the expected future cash flows from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. If our best estimate of expected future cash flows is less than the amortized cost basis of the security, we recognize an impairment charge to earnings for this estimated credit loss.

We determined that, as of December 31, 2009, our U.S. Treasury notes and bills, and U.S. government agency notes, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations were temporarily impaired

 

56


Table of Contents

because these securities were in a continuous loss position for less than 12 months. We believe the cause of the gross unrealized losses was from movements in interest rates and not by the deterioration of the issuers’ creditworthiness.

We own one pooled trust preferred security, rated triple-A at purchase, with an amortized cost basis of $4.8 million and an unrealized loss of $2.4 million at December 31, 2009. The gross unrealized loss is mainly due to extraordinarily high investor yield requirements resulting from an illiquid market, causing this security to be valued at a discount to its acquisition cost. One credit rating agency has now rated the security single A while another has rated the security triple-B minus. The senior tranche owned by us has a collateral balance well in excess of the amortized cost basis of the tranche at December 31, 2009. Eleven of the fifty-six issuers in the security have deferred or defaulted on their interest payments as of December 31, 2009. Our analysis determined that approximately half of the issuers would need to default on their interest payments before the senior tranche owned by us would be at risk of loss. As our estimated present value of expected cash flows to be collected was in excess of our amortized cost basis, we concluded that the gross unrealized loss on this security was temporary.

The majority of gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 relate to a type of mortgage-backed security also known as private-label collateralized mortgage obligations, or CMOs. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of these securities was $25.5 million, representing 7 percent of our securities portfolio. Gross unrealized losses related to these securities amounted to $7.5 million, or 23 percent of the amortized cost basis of these securities as of December 31, 2009. The gross unrealized losses on these securities were primarily due to extraordinarily high investor yield requirements resulting from an illiquid market, significant uncertainty about the future condition of the mortgage market and the economy, and continued deterioration in the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, causing these securities to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost. Several of our private-label CMO’s, approximately 84 percent of amortized cost, had credit agency ratings of less than investment grade at December 31, 2009. We performed a discounted cash flow analysis for the these securities using the current month, last three month and last twelve month historical prepayment speed, the cumulative default rate and the loss severity rate to determine if there was other-than-temporary impairment at year-end. Based upon this analysis, we determined that three private-label CMO’s were other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009 (that is, securities for which we determined that it was more likely than not that the entire amortized cost basis would not be recovered), and we recognized a credit loss of $550,000 in the fourth quarter of 2009. We had previously recognized a $565,000 credit loss on one of these three securities in the second quarter of 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, impairment losses charge to earnings were $1,115,000. We do not intend to sell these securities and we do not believe it likely that we will be required to sell these securities before the anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis. If current conditions in the mortgage markets and general business and economic conditions continue to deteriorate further, the fair value of our private-label CMOs may decline further and we may experience further impairment losses. We cannot predict whether we will be required to record additional impairment charges on our securities in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

Deposits

The following tables present the average balance and the average rate paid on each deposit category for the periods indicated:

 

     For the years ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  
      Average
Balance
   Rate     Average
Balance
   Rate     Average
Balance
   Rate  
     (in thousands)  

Average core deposits

               

Noninterest bearing checking

   $ 288,893      $ 190,939      $ 193,630   

Interest checking

     78,581    0.30     47,526    0.45     39,186    0.84

Savings and money market accounts

     276,097    1.09     204,351    1.77     223,508    3.21

Retail time deposits less than $100,000

     117,241    1.69     69,905    3.58     82,796    4.51
                           

Total average core deposits

     760,812    0.69     512,721    1.24     539,120    2.09
                           

Average noncore deposits

               

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

     328,052    2.11     246,429    2.86     165,319    4.28
                           

Total average core and noncore deposits

   $ 1,088,864      $ 759,150      $ 704,439   
                           

Large balance certificates of deposits (that is, balances of $100,000 or more) were $268.5 million at December 31, 2009. Large balance certificates of deposits were $215.5 million at December 31, 2008. A portion of these large balance time deposits represent time deposits placed by the State Treasurer of California with the Bank. The time deposit program is one element of a pooled investment account managed by the State Treasurer for the benefit of the State of California and all participating local agencies. The pooled investment account has approximately $70.5 billion of investments of which approximately $4.4 billion represented time deposits placed at various financial institutions. At December 31, 2009, State of California time deposits placed with us, with original maturities of one and three months, were $110.0 million. We believe that the State Treasurer will continue this program; we also believe that we have the ability to establish large balance certificates of deposit rates that will enable us to attract, replace, or retain those deposits accepted in our local market area if it becomes necessary under a modified funding strategy. The remaining large balance certificates of deposit represent time deposits accepted from customers in our market area.

We use brokered time deposits, categorized as time deposits less than $100,000 in our consolidated balance sheet, to supplement our liquidity and achieve other asset-liability management objectives. Brokered deposits are wholesale certificates of deposit accepted by us from brokers whose customers do not have any other significant relationship with us. As a result, we believe these funds are very sensitive to credit risk and interest rates, and pose greater liquidity risk to us. These customers may refuse to renew the certificates of deposit at maturity if higher rates are available elsewhere or if they perceive that our creditworthiness is deteriorating. At December 31, 2009, we had brokered deposits of $25.7 million, all of which had maturities within the next 12 months. We also use the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry System, or CDARS, for our deposit customers who wish to obtain FDIC insurance on their deposits beyond that available from a single institution. We place these deposits into the CDARS network and accept in return other customers’ certificates of deposits in the same amount and at the same interest rate. We had $6.8 million of these reciprocal deposits, categorized as time deposits of $100,000 or more, at December 31, 2009.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table presents the maturity of large balance certificates of deposits for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Years Ending December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  
      Amount    Percentage     Amount    Percentage     Amount    Percentage  
     (in thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 156,720    58   $ 149,810    69   $ 129,528    63

Over three months through six months

     31,165    12     20,912    10     24,879    12

Over six months through one year

     40,136    15     25,807    12     42,474    21

Over one year

     40,516    15     18,984    9     7,876    4
                                       

Total

   $ 268,537    100   $ 215,513    100   $ 204,757    100
                                       

Borrowings

Borrowings are comprised of federal funds purchased from other financial institutions, FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. At December 31, 2009, we had $143.5 million of borrowings outstanding, of which $45.0 million was comprised of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $98.5 million of FHLB advances. For our FHLB advances, the following table presents the amounts and weighted average interest rates outstanding.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Year Ended December 31, 2008  
      Federal Home Loan
Bank Advances
   Weighted average
interest rate
    Federal Home Loan
Bank Advances
   Weighted average
interest rate
 
     (in thousands)  

Amount outstanding at end of period

   $ 98,500    3.82   $ 122,000    3.88

Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period

   $ 122,000    3.88   $ 196,463    3.29

Average amount outstanding during the period

   $ 110,252    3.86   $ 148,748    3.75

The following table presents the maturities of FHLB advances at December 31, 2009.

 

      Amount    Maturity
Year
   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 
     (in thousands)  

Term advances

   $ 42,000    2010    3.70

Term advances

     13,000    2011    3.21

Term advances

     18,500    2012    4.03

Term advances

     17,500    2014    4.24

Term advances

     7,500    2017    4.07
            
   $ 98,500      
            

The following table presents the maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2009.

 

Amount    Maturity
Year
   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 
(in thousands)  
$ 15,000    2011    3.64
  20,000    2013    3.60
  10,000    2014    3.72
         
$ 45,000      
         

 

59


Table of Contents

Junior Subordinated Debentures

At December 31, 2009, we had $26.8 million of junior subordinated debentures outstanding from two issuances of trust preferred securities. The $10.3 million debentures due December 2035 have a fixed rate of interest of 6.15% until December 2010 after which they have a variable rate of interest that resets quarterly equal to the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.55%. The $16.5 million debentures due March 2037 have a fixed rate of interest of 6.80% until March 2012 after which they have a variable rate of interest that resets quarterly equal to the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.60%. The weighted average interest rate paid for 2009 was 6.85 percent and 2008 was 6.58 percent. Our interest payments for each of 2009 and 2008 were $1.8 million

Capital resources

We have 1,000 issued shares of preferred stock series A, $0.01 par value, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Redemption of the preferred stock series A is at our option subject to certain restrictions imposed by our preferred stock series B. The redemption amount is computed at the per-share liquidation preference plus unpaid dividends at a rate of 8.5%. Each holder of preferred stock series A has the right, exercisable at the option of the holder, to convert all or some of such holder’s series A shares into common stock. The sum of each share’s liquidation preference plus unpaid dividends divided by the conversion factor of $5.63 per share represents the number of common shares issuable upon the conversion of each share of preferred stock series A. As of December 31, 2009, we reserved 299,246 of common shares for the conversion of the preferred stock series A.

On December 19, 2008, we participated in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program, under which we received $25 million in exchange for issuing 25,000 preferred stock series B shares and a warrant to purchase common stock to the Treasury. As a participant in CPP, we are subject to various restrictions and requirements, such as restrictions on our stock repurchases and payment of dividends, and other requirements relating to our executive compensation and corporate governance practices. Moreover, under legislation such as the ARRA, we may early redeem the shares issued to the Treasury under the CPP without any early penalty or requirement to raise new capital, as previously required under the original terms of the CPP. The preferred stock series B qualifies as Tier 1 capital, and holders are entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at a rate of 5 percent per year for the first five years and 9 percent per year thereafter, on a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Dividends are payable quarterly in arrears on each of February 15, May 15, August 15, and November 15, if, as and when declared by our Board of Directors, out of assets legally available for payment. The common stock warrant entitles the Treasury to purchase 599,042 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.26 for a term of ten years. We recorded the total $25 million of the preferred stock series B and the warrant at their relative fair values of $22.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. We accrete the difference from the par amount of the preferred shares to the fair value of the preferred stock over five years using the interest method.

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on a company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, bank holding companies must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

In February 2010, the Board of Directors of First California Financial Group, Inc. and the Reserve Bank entered into an informal agreement. The informal agreement requires the Board to take all appropriate steps to utilize fully its financial and managerial resources to assist the Company and the Bank in functioning in a safe and sound manner pursuant to Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The informal agreement restricts the ability of the Company to (a) receive dividends or another form of payment or distribution representing a reduction of capital from the Bank without the prior written approval from the Reserve

 

60


Table of Contents

Bank, (b) declare or pay dividends, make any payments on trust preferred securities, or make any other capital distributions, without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank, (c) directly or indirectly incur, renew, increase or guarantee any debt, without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank, (d) directly or indirectly issue any trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank, and (e) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

The Reserve Bank has approved the payment by the Company of dividend payment of $312,500 to the holders of our preferred stock series B due February 15, 2010 and an interest payment of $438,802 to the holders of our junior subordinated debentures, also known as trust preferred securities, due March 15, 2010.

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios of the Company with a comparison to the minimum ratios for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2009

          

Total capital

   $ 133,078    12.69   $ 83,926    ³ 8.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 119,924    11.43   $ 41,963    ³ 4.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 119,924    8.52   $ 56,324    ³ 4.00

(to average assets)

          

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

          

Total capital

   $ 147,680    16.62   $ 71,102    ³ 8.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 139,530    15.70   $ 35,551    ³ 4.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 139,530    12.77   $ 43,699    ³ 4.00

(to average assets)

          

The Bank is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on a company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2009, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank exceeded the minimum ratios to be well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action provisions. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2009 that we believe would change the Bank’s category.

 

61


Table of Contents

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios of the Bank with a comparison to the minimum ratios for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2009

               

Total capital

   $ 127,315    12.17   $ 83,669    ³ 8.00   $ 104,587    ³ 10.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 114,198    10.92   $ 41,835    ³ 4.00   $ 62,752    ³ 6.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 114,198    8.08   $ 56,507    ³ 4.00   $ 70,633    ³ 5.00

(to average assets)

               

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

               

Total capital

   $ 109,022    12.27   $ 71,110    ³ 8.00   $ 88,888    ³ 10.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 100,873    11.35   $ 35,555    ³ 4.00   $ 53,333    ³ 6.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 100,873    9.26   $ 43,568    ³ 4.00   $ 54,460    ³ 5.00

(to average assets)

               

We recognize that a strong capital position is vital to growth, continued profitability, and depositor and investor confidence. Our policy is to maintain sufficient capital at not less than the well-capitalized thresholds established by banking regulators.

We announced on November 7, 2007 that our board of directors authorized a repurchase of up to $5 million of the Company’s common stock until November 2008. Effective August 31, 2008, the board of directors terminated the stock repurchase program due to current market conditions. The Company repurchased 344,660 shares for $3,050,000 while the repurchase program was active.

 

62


Table of Contents

Commitments, contingent liabilities, contractual obligations and off-balance sheet arrangements

In the normal course of business, we make commitments to extend credit or issue letters of credit to customers. We generally do not recognize these commitments in our balance sheet. These commitments do involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk; however, we use the same credit policies and procedures as we do for on-balance sheet credit facilities. Commitments to extend credit were $162.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared with $153.1 million at December 31, 2008. Commercial and stand-by letters of credit were $1.4 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively. The known contractual obligations of the Company at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

 

     Payments Due
     Twelve
months and
less
   After one
year but
within three
years
   After three
years but
within
five
years
   After five
years
   Total
     (Dollars in thousands)

FHLB term advances

   $ 42,000    $ 31,500    $ 17,500    $ 7,500    $ 98,500

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     —        15,000      30,000      —        45,000

Salary continuation benefits

     —        —        —        471      471

Deferred compensation benefits

     662      —        —        —        662

Severance benefits

     265      442      —        —        707

Junior subordinated debentures

     —        —        —        26,753      26,753

Operating lease obligations

     2,484      4,565      3,616      5,546      16,211
                                  

Total

   $ 45,411    $ 51,507    $ 51,116    $ 40,270    $ 188,304
                                  

We have entered into deferred compensation agreements with several of our key employees. We suspended participation and contributions to these agreements in 2007. In June 2009, we terminated the plan and we will distribute employee account balances as of June 2010 in a lump sum to the participants in June 2010.

Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital arising from movements in interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from differences between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows (re-pricing risk), from changing rate relationships among different yield curves affecting bank activities (basis risk), from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities (yield curve risk), and from interest-related options embedded in loans and products (options risk).

We manage bank interest risk through Board approved policies and procedures. The Directors review and approve these policies at least annually. Interest rate risk policies provide management with a framework for consistent evaluation of risk and establish risk tolerance parameters. Management’s Asset and Liability Committee meets regularly to evaluate interest rate risk, engages a third party to assist in the measurement and evaluation of risk and reports quarterly to the Directors’ Balance Sheet Management Committee on compliance with policies. The Directors’ Audit Committee also engages a third party to perform a review of management’s asset and liability practices to ensure compliance with policies.

We use simulation-modeling techniques that apply alternative interest rate scenarios to periodic forecasts of future business activity and assess the potential changes to net interest income. Our base scenario examines our balance sheet where we assume rate changes occur ratably over an initial 12-month horizon based upon a parallel shift in the yield curve and then is maintained at that level over the remainder of the simulation horizon. We also create alternative scenarios where we assume different types of yield curve movements. In our most recent base simulation, we estimated that net interest income would increase approximately 0.27% within a 12-month time horizon for an assumed 100 basis point decrease in prevailing interest rates or decrease approximately 0.68% for

 

63


Table of Contents

an assumed 100 basis point increase in prevailing interest rates. In addition, we estimated that net interest income would decrease approximately 1.38% within a 12-month time horizon for an assumed 200 basis point increase in prevailing rates. These estimated changes were within the policy limits established by the Board. The table below illustrates the estimated percentage change in our net interest income in our base scenario over hypothetical 1, 3 and 5 year horizons.

 

    Time Horizon

Percentage Change

  1 Year   3 Years   5 Years

-100 bps

   0.27%   -3.68%   -6.24%

+100 bps

  -0.68%    3.32%    6.65%

+200 bps

  -1.38%    6.26%   13.49%

Our simulation model includes assumptions about anticipated prepayments on mortgage-related instruments, the estimated cash flow on loans and deposits, and our future business activity. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, our modeling techniques cannot precisely estimate the effect of changes in net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, cash flow and business activity.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not Applicable.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

   65

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

   66

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

   67

Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

   68

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December  31, 2009 and 2008

   69

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

   70

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   71

 

64


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of First California Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First California Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of First California Financial Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/    MOSS ADAMS LLP

Los Angeles, CA

March 5, 2010

 

65


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 
    

(in thousands, except

share data)

 

ASSETS

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 26,757      $ 13,712   

Interest bearing deposits with other banks

     4,027        —     

Federal funds sold

     15,710        35,415   

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value

     349,645        202,462   

Loans held-for-sale

     —          31,401   

Loans, net

     922,741        780,373   

Premises and equipment, net

     20,286        20,693   

Goodwill

     60,720        50,098   

Other intangibles, net

     11,581        8,452   

Deferred tax assets, net

     6,046        2,572   

Cash surrender value of life insurance

     11,791        11,355   

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

     30,517        21,512   
                

Total assets

   $ 1,459,821      $ 1,178,045   
                

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Noninterest checking

   $ 317,610      $ 189,011   

Interest checking

     82,806        22,577   

Savings and money market

     339,750        198,606   

Certificates of deposit, under $100,000

     116,012        191,888   

Certificates of deposit, $100,000 and over

     268,537        215,513   
                

Total deposits

     1,124,715        817,595   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     45,000        45,000   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     98,500        122,000   

Junior subordinated debentures

     26,753        26,701   

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     7,627        7,826   
                

Total liabilities

     1,302,595        1,019,122   
                

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 20)

    

Perpetual preferred stock – authorized 2,500,000 shares

    

Series A—$0.01 par value, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

     1,000        1,000   

Series B—$0.01 par value, 25,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

     23,170        22,713   

Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 25,000,000 shares; 11,969,294 shares issued at December 31, 2009 and 11,807,624 at December 31, 2008; 11,622,893 and 11,462,964 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

     118        118   

Additional paid-in capital

     136,635        135,603   

Treasury stock, 346,401 and 344,660 shares at cost at December 31, 2009 and 2008

     (3,061     (3,050

Retained earnings

     5,309        11,559   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (5,945     (9,020
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     157,226        158,923   
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,459,821      $ 1,178,045   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Interest income:

    

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 52,439      $ 51,521   

Interest on securities

     12,086        11,684   

Interest on federal funds sold and interest bearing deposits

     416        30   
                

Total interest income

     64,941        63,235   

Interest expense:

    

Interest on deposits

     12,131        13,397   

Interest on borrowings

     5,924        7,301   

Interest on junior subordinated debt

     1,832        1,755   
                

Total interest expense

     19,887        22,453   
                

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

     45,054        40,782   

Provision for loan losses

     16,646        1,150   
                

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     28,408        39,632   

Noninterest income:

    

Service charges on deposit accounts

     4,233        2,756   

Earnings on cash surrender value of life insurance

     437        424   

Loan sales and commissions

     70        452   

Net gain (loss) on sale of securities

     6,469        (22

Impairment loss on securities

     (1,507     —     

Net gain on derivatives

     —          1,042   

Other income

     332        729   
                

Total noninterest income

     10,034        5,381   

Noninterest expense:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

     20,867        18,526   

Premises and equipment

     6,538        4,813   

Data processing

     2,403        1,313   

Legal, audit, and other professional services

     2,719        1,962   

Printing, stationary, and supplies

     757        691   

Telephone

     986        752   

Directors’ fees

     521        434   

Advertising and marketing

     1,380        1,324   

Postage

     245        199   

Insurance and regulatory assessments

     3,376        1,230   

Loss on and expense of foreclosed property

     1,563        28   

Market value loss on loans held-for-sale

     709        —     

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,626        1,190   

Other expenses

     3,166        2,643   
                

Total noninterest expense

     46,856        35,105   
                

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (8,414     9,908   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (3,753     3,542   
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,661   $ 6,366   
                

Earnings (loss) per common share:

    

Basic

   $ (0.50   $ 0.56   
                

Diluted

   $ (0.50   $ 0.54   
                

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Comprehensive loss

    

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale and derivative financial instruments arising during the period

   $ 10,517      $ (14,807

Reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses included in net income (loss)

     (6,469     135   
                

Other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes

     4,048        (14,672

Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income

     (973     5,422   
                

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     3,075        (9,250

Net income (loss)

     (4,661     6,366   
                

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (1,586   $ (2,884
                

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

 

    Preferred Stock
Series A
  Preferred Stock
Series B
  Common Stock,
$.01 par value
  Additional
Paid in
Capital
    Treasury Stock     Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Total  
    Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Shares     Amount     Shares   Amount        
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance at December 31, 2007

  1,000   $ 1,000   —     $ —     11,507,020     $ 118   $ 132,543     261,979   $ (2,374   $ 5,350      $ (230   $ 136,867   

Stock options exercised

          15,063          86                86   

Issuance of preferred stock and warrant

      25,000   $ 22,713         2,287                25,000   

Stock based compensation cost

                733                733   

Issuance of restricted stock

          23,562                    —     

Adjustment to reflect change in accounting principle for post-retirement benefits

                (46         (157       (203

Purchase of treasury stock

          (82,681       82,681     (676         (676

Comprehensive income:

                       

Unrealized holding gain during the period, net

                        (9,250     (9,250

Net income

                      6,366          6,366   
                             

Comprehensive loss

                          (2,884
                                                                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

  1,000   $ 1,000   25,000   $ 22,713   11,462,964     $ 118   $ 135,603     344,660   $ (3,050   $ 11,559      $ (9,020   $ 158,923   

Stock options exercised

          3,125          14                14   

Issuance of restricted stock

          169,075                    —     

Forfeiture of restricted stock

          (10,530                 —     

Dividends on preferred stock Series B

                      (1,132       (1,132

Amortization of preferred stock Series B discount

          457               (457       —     

Stock based compensation cost

                1,018                1,018   

Forfeiture of restricted stock in lieu of taxes

          (1,741       1,741     (11         (11

Comprehensive income:

                       

Unrealized holding gain during the period, net

                        3,075        3,075   

Net income (loss)

                      (4,661       (4,661
                             

Comprehensive loss

                          (1,586
                                                                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

  1,000   $ 1,000   25,000   $ 23,170   11,622,893      $ 118   $ 136,635      346,401   $ (3,061   $ 5,309      $ (5,945   $ 157,226   
                                                                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,661   $ 6,366   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Provision for loan losses

     16,646        1,150   

Stock-based compensation costs

     1,018        733   

Gain on sale of securities and loans

     (6,469     (153

Gain on settlement of derivatives

     —          113   

Loss (gain) on sale and valuation adjustments of foreclosed property

     1,205        (10

Market value loss on loans held-for-sale

     709        —     

Impairment loss on securities

     1,507        —     

Amortization (accretion) of net premiums (discounts) on securities available-for-sale

     1,313        (311

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

     1,822        1,425   

Amortization of core deposit intangibles and trade name

     1,626        1,190   

FHLB stock dividends

     —          (410

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

     78        172   

Origination of loans held for sale

     —          (42,955

Proceeds from sale of, and payments received from, loans held-for-sale

     181        23,183   

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (437     (424

Increase in deferred tax assets

     (5,171     (5,107

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (3,746     4,071   

Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (599     (2,680
                

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     5,022        (13,647
                

Purchases of securities available-for-sale, net of effects from acquisition

     (363,486     (30,758

Proceeds from repayments and maturities of securities available-for-sale

     63,590        44,190   

Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale

     250,613        1,007   

Proceeds from redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     —          1,581   

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank and other restricted stock

     (119     (4,136

Net change in interest bearing deposits with other banks

     (4,027     —     

Net change in federal funds sold, net of effects from acquisition

     132,795        (35,160

Loan originations and principal collections, net of effects from acquisition

     (34,226     (42,580

Purchases of premises and equipment, net of effects from acquisition

     (1,097     (3,493

Proceeds from sale of foreclosed property

     1,041        218   

Net cash paid in acquisition

     (48,790     —     
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,706     (69,131
                

Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits, net of effects from acquisition

     34,352        (8,251

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits, net of effects from acquisition

     1,954        64,766   

Net decrease in FHLB advances and other borrowings

     (23,448     (1,848

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (1,132     —     

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     14        86   

Purchases of treasury stock

     (11     (676

Issuance of preferred stock and warrant

     —          25,000   
                

Net cash provided by financing activities

     11,729        79,077   
                

Change in cash and due from banks

     13,045        (3,701

Cash and due from banks, beginning of period

     13,712        17,413   
                

Cash and due from banks, end of period

   $ 26,757      $ 13,712   
                

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 19,728      $ 19,472   

Cash paid for income taxes

     950        7,218   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash items:

    

Net change in fair value of securities available-for-sale, net of tax

   $ 3,068      $ (9,250

Loans transferred to other real estate owned

     6,891        338   

Net change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax

     7        —     

Transfer of loans held-for-sale to loans

     31,221        —     

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

70


Table of Contents

FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and nature of operations—First California Financial Group, Inc., or First California or the Company, was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on June 7, 2006. The Company was formed as a wholly-owned subsidiary of National Mercantile Bancorp, a California corporation, or National Mercantile, for the purposes of effecting the merger and capital stock exchange with National Mercantile and acquisition of FCB Bancorp, a California corporation, or FCB, which was completed in March 2007.

On January 23, 2009, the Bank assumed the insured, non-brokered deposits of 1st Centennial Bank, totaling approximately $270 million, from the FDIC. Under the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC, the Bank also purchased certain assets from the FDIC at the close of the transaction. The Bank paid cash consideration of $48.8 million to the FDIC for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Bank continues to operate the former 1st Centennial Bank’s six branch locations as part of the Bank’s 17 branch locations.

The Company serves the comprehensive banking needs of businesses and consumers in Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, San Diego, Riverside and San Bernardino counties through traditional business and consumer banking to construction finance, SBA lending, entertainment finance and commercial real estate lending via 17 full-service branch locations.

Basis of presentation and consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, the accounts of the Company, its bank subsidiary and SC Financial. SC Financial is an inactive subsidiary of First California. The Company has not consolidated the accounts of the First California Capital Trust I and FCB Statutory Trust I in its consolidated financial statements. As a result, the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to the Trusts are reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as junior subordinated debentures. Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 include the effects of the FDIC-assisted 1st Centennial Bank transaction from the date of the transaction. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2008 consolidated financial statements to conform to current year presentation.

Management’s estimates and assumptions—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheets, and revenues and expenses for the reporting periods. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Significant estimations made by us primarily involve the calculation of the allowance for loan losses, the carrying amount of deferred tax assets, the assessments of impairment related to goodwill and investment securities and the effectiveness of derivative instruments in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.

Cash and due from banks—Cash and due from banks include amounts the Company is required to maintain to meet certain average reserve and compensating balance requirements of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had met all reserve requirements. At December 31, 2009, the Company did not have any cash deposits at other financial institutions in excess of FDIC insured limits.

Securities—Securities are classified as available-for-sale if the instrument may be sold in response to such factors as (1) changes in market interest rates and related changes in the prepayment risk, (2) need for liquidity,

 

71


Table of Contents

(3) changes in the availability of and the yield on alternative instruments, and (4) changes in funding sources and terms. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of taxes, on securities available-for-sale are reported as other comprehensive income and carried as accumulated comprehensive income or loss within shareholders’ equity until realized. Fair values for securities are based on quoted market prices. Realized gains and losses on the sale of securities available-for-sale are determined using the specific-identification method.

Premiums and discounts on available-for-sale securities are recognized in interest income using the effective interest method over the period to maturity.

The fair values of investment securities are evaluated according to FASB accounting standards codification guidance. Declines in the fair value of individual securities available-for-sale below their cost that are other-than-temporary result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The portion of the write-down related to credit is included in earnings as realized losses. The portion of the write-down related to other factors is included in other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. At each financial statement date, management assesses each investment to determine if investments are temporarily impaired or if the impairment is other-than- temporary based upon the positive and negative evidence available. Evidence evaluated includes, but is not limited to, industry analyst reports, credit market conditions, and interest rate trends.

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and net deferred loan fees/costs—Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by an allowance for loan losses and net deferred loan fees/costs. Interest on loans is calculated by the simple-interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination fees net of certain direct origination costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the yield over the life of the related loan.

The Company does not accrue interest on loans for which payment in full of principal and interest is doubtful, or which payment of principal or interest has been in default 90 days or more, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Nonaccrual loans are considered impaired loans. Impaired loans are carried at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. When it is doubtful the full principal and interest due on a loan will be collected, interest accrual is discontinued. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received or when the loan is removed from nonaccrual status. Large groups of smaller balance, homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for evaluation of impairment.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance when management believes that the collectibility of principal is unlikely. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible, based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans and prior loan loss experience. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, overall portfolio quality, review of specific problem loans, and current economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay. Various regulatory agencies, as a regular part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Premises and equipment—Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 7 years for furniture and equipment, and 10 to 39 years for building premises. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the estimated life of the lease or life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while major additions and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on dispositions are included in current operations.

 

72


Table of Contents

Goodwill and other intangible assets—The Company has goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the acquired business below its carrying value. Other intangible assets consist of tradename and core deposit intangibles. Tradename, which represents the fair value of the First California Bank name, is amortized using the straight-line method over a period of ten years. Core deposit intangibles, which represent the fair value of depositor relationships resulting from deposit liabilities assumed in acquisitions, are amortized using the straight-line method over the projected useful lives of the deposits. Core deposit and trade name intangibles are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles is permanently recognized by writing down the asset to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value.

Foreclosed property—Foreclosed property, acquired through foreclosure, deeds in lieu of foreclosure or repossession, is carried at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. When property is acquired, any excess of the loan balance over its estimated net realizable value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent write-downs to net realizable value, if any, or any disposition gains or losses are included in noninterest income and expense in the statements of operations. The Company possessed foreclosed property of $4.9 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively and is included in “accrued interest receivable and other assets” on the balance sheets.

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements—The Company borrows federal funds purchased as part of its short-term financing strategy. Federal funds purchased are generally overnight borrowings and mature within one to three business days from the transaction date.

The Company sells securities under repurchase agreements. These transactions are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were sold. The Company has provided collateral related to these agreements and may have to provide additional collateral to the counterparty, as necessary, if the fair value of the collateral fluctuates below required levels.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock and other non-marketable securities—Federal Home Loan Bank stock represents the Company’s investment in the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or the FHLB, stock and is carried at cost because it can only be redeemed at par value. The Company’s investment in FHLB stock is included in accrued interest receivable and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and was $8.4 million at both December 31, 2009 and 2008. As a member of the FHLB system, the Company is required to maintain a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on specific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets or FHLB advances. The Company may request redemption at par value of any stock in excess of the minimum required investment. Stock redemptions are at the discretion of the FHLB. The Company also has stock investments in other companies for CRA and other bank-related purposes. These stock investments were $1.1 million at December 31, 2009 and $1.4 million at December 31, 2008 and are carried at cost which reasonably approximates its fair value. The Company reviews our investments accounted for under the cost method at least quarterly for possible impairment. This review typically includes an analysis of facts and circumstances of each investment, the expectations of the investment’s future cash flows and capital needs, and trends in the investment’s business and cash flows. The Company would reduce the investment value when the declines in value are considered to be permanent. The Company would recognize the estimated loss as an impairment loss on investment securities, a component of noninterest income. The Company recognized an impairment loss of $0.4 million on one of these CRA-related cost basis investments in 2009 and recognized no losses in 2008.

Junior subordinated debentures—The Company has two statutory business trusts that are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. In private placement transactions, the trusts issued fixed rate capital securities representing undivided preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts. The Company is the owner of all

 

73


Table of Contents

the beneficial interests represented by the common securities of the trusts. The purpose of issuing the capital securities was to provide the Company with a cost-effective means of obtaining Tier I capital under regulatory capital rules.

Income taxes—The Company has adopted the provisions of FASB accounting standards codification guidance regarding uncertain tax positions which provides guidance for accounting and disclosure for uncertainty in tax positions and for the recognition and measurement related to the accounting for income taxes. This FASB accounting standards codification guidance clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized $45,000 and $0 of interest and penalties in income tax expense, respectively. The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in California. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and California income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax basis of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is more-likely-than-not. An estimate of probable income tax benefits that will not be realized in future years is required in determining the necessity for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. There was no valuation allowance at December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008.

Derivative instruments and hedging—The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and that qualify as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and that qualify as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.

Off-balance sheet financial instruments—In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. These financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The Company maintains a reserve for off-balance sheet items, included as an accrued liability. The reserve is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb possible losses associated with off-balance sheet credit risk. The evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the commitments to extend credit and undisbursed balances of existing lines of credit and letters of credit.

Stock-based compensation—Stock-based compensation generally includes grants of stock options and restricted stock to employees and nonemployee directors. We account for stock-based payments, including stock

 

74


Table of Contents

options, in accordance with FASB accounting standards codification guidance related to share-based compensation, and recognize them in the statement of operations based on their fair values. The fair value of stock options are being measured using a lattice option pricing model while the fair value of restricted stock awards are based on the quoted price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. See Note 16 – Stock-Based Compensation for additional information.

Advertising—Advertising costs are charged to expense during the year in which they are incurred. Advertising expenses were $261,000 and $256,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Earnings (loss) per share—Basic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (excluding unvested restricted stock) during the period, after giving retroactive effect to stock dividends and splits. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is calculated by adjusting net earnings (loss) and average outstanding common shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents, which include stock options and restricted shares using the treasury stock method. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share exclude common stock equivalents whose effect is antidilutive. Earnings (loss) available to common shareholders represents reported earnings (loss) less preferred stock dividends, if any.

Fair value of financial instruments—Estimated fair value amounts have been determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data and to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates of fair value in the financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

NOTE 2—RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

Accounting for Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. On June 12, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued guidance for amending certain requirements of consolidation of variable interest entities. This guidance is to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements. This guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets. On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued guidance intended to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement in transferred financial assets. This guidance is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Earlier application is prohibited. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

Accounting Standards Codification. On June 29, 2009, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification, as the single source of authoritative U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting

 

75


Table of Contents

Principles, or U.S. GAAP, recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-government entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The Codification is not intended to change current U.S. GAAP; rather, its intent is to organize the authoritative accounting literature by topic in one place. The Codification modifies the U.S. GAAP hierarchy to include only two levels of GAAP, authoritative and non-authoritative. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative U.S. GAAP for SEC registrants. Following the establishment of the Codification, the FASB will issue new accounting guidance in the form of Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU. The ASU will serve only to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance, and provide the basis for conclusions regarding the changes to the Codification. The Codification is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Company adopted the Codification for the interim period ended September 30, 2009. Because the Codification is not intended to change or alter previous U.S. GAAP, its adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Subsequent Events. On May 28, 2009, the FASB issued guidance establishing general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This guidance sets forth: (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; (ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and (iii) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date, including disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and whether that represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This disclosure should alert all users of financial statements that an entity has not evaluated subsequent events after that date in the set of financial statements being presented. This guidance does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable U.S. GAAP that provide different guidance on the accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions. This guidance is effective for interim and annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Company adopted this guidance for the period ended June 30, 2009. Its adoption resulted in increased financial statement disclosures.

Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments. On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending the recognition and reporting requirements of the other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, guidance in U.S. GAAP for debt securities classified as available-for-sale and held-to-maturity to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of other-than-temporary impairments on debt and equity securities in the financial statements. This OTTI guidance clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired and changes the presentation and calculation of the OTTI on debt securities recognized in earnings in the financial statements. This OTTI guidance does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related to other-than-temporary impairments of equity securities. This OTTI guidance expands and increases the frequency of existing OTTI disclosures for debt and equity securities and requires new disclosures to help users of financial statements understand the significant inputs used in determining a credit loss as well as a rollforward of that amount each period.

For impaired debt securities, this guidance requires an entity to assess whether (i) it has the intent to sell the debt security, or (ii) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis of the security. If either of these conditions is met, an OTTI on the security must be recognized.

With respect to any debt security, a credit loss is defined as the amount by which the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected. If a credit loss exists but the entity does not intend to sell the debt security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the debt security before the anticipated recovery of its remaining amortized cost basis (that is, the amortized cost basis

 

76


Table of Contents

less any current-period credit loss), the OTTI guidance changes the presentation and amount of the OTTI recognized in the statements of earnings. The impairment is separated into (i) the amount of the total impairment related to credit loss, and (ii) the amount of the total impairment related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to credit loss is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total impairment related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income and will be accreted prospectively, based on the amount and timing of future estimated cash flows, over the remaining life of the debt security as an increase in the carrying value of the security, with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or there are additional decreases in cash flows expected to be collected. The total OTTI is presented in the statements of earnings with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in other comprehensive income. This new presentation provides additional information about the amounts that the entity does not expect to collect related to a debt security.

Following implementation of this OTTI guidance, the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected with respect to any debt security is compared to the amortized cost basis of the security to determine whether a credit loss exists. For securities previously identified as other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company updates its estimate of future estimated cash flows on a regular basis. If there is no additional impairment on the security, the yield of the security is adjusted on a prospective basis when there is a significant increase in the expected cash flows. This accretion is included in net interest income in the statements of income.

This OTTI guidance was effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. This OTTI guidance was to be applied to existing and new securities held by an entity as of the beginning of the interim period in which it is adopted. For debt securities held at the beginning of the interim period of adoption for which an other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized, if an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entity shall recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying this guidance as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company adopted this OTTI guidance as of January 1, 2009, and did not recognize the cumulative effect of this change in accounting principle with an adjustment to beginning retained earnings because the Company had not previously recognized an other-than-temporary impairment. The adoption of this OTTI guidance increased financial statement disclosures.

Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly. On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance providing additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and also including guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a transaction is not orderly. This guidance emphasizes that even if there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability and regardless of the valuation technique(s) used, the objective of a fair value measurement under U.S. GAAP remains the same. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current conditions. In addition, the guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding fair value measurements.

This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, and will be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. If an entity elects to adopt this guidance early, it must also concurrently adopt the new OTTI guidance discussed above. This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption, and in periods after initial adoption, comparative disclosures are required only for periods ending after initial adoption. The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2009, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

Interim Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments. On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending the disclosure requirements for the fair value of financial instruments, including disclosures

 

77


Table of Contents

of the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements. In addition, the guidance requires disclosure in interim and annual financial statements of any changes in methods and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments. This guidance was effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may adopt this guidance early only if it also concurrently adopts the new guidance discussed in the preceding paragraphs on OTTI and fair value. This guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption, and in periods after initial adoption, comparative disclosures are required only for periods ending after initial adoption. The Company adopted this guidance as of April 1, 2009. Its adoption resulted in increased financial statement disclosures.

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION

On January 23, 2009, or the Transaction Date, the Bank assumed the insured, non-brokered deposits of 1st Centennial Bank from the FDIC, acting in its capacity as receiver of 1st Centennial Bank. Under the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement between the Bank and the FDIC, the Bank also purchased certain assets from the FDIC at the close of the transaction. The Bank paid cash consideration of $48.8 million to the FDIC for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Bank continues to operate the former 1st Centennial Bank’s six branch locations as part of the Bank’s seventeen branch locations. The Company desired this transaction to enter into new markets and to assume a diversified deposit portfolio with a large percentage of stable core deposits.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Bank recorded the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values as of the Transaction Date. Results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 include the effects of the assumption of deposits and purchase of assets from the FDIC from the Transaction Date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the underlying assets acquired, the identified intangible assets, and liabilities assumed was allocated to goodwill. Thus, goodwill represents intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the Transaction Date.

 

     (Dollars in thousands)

Assets Acquired:

  

Federal Funds sold

   $ 113,090

Securities

     88,969

Loans

     101,217

Goodwill

     10,606

Core deposit intangible

     4,755

Other assets

     1,365
      

Total assets acquired

     320,002
      

Liabilities Assumed:

  

Deposits

     269,688

Other liabilities

     1,524
      

Total liabilities assumed

     271,212
      

Total cash consideration paid to FDIC

   $ 48,790
      

The Bank based the allocation of the purchase price above on the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. All of the resulting goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

78


Table of Contents

The following information presents the pro forma results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, as though the transaction had occurred on January 1, 2009. The pro forma data was derived by combining the historical consolidated financial information of First California and the results of operations from the assets purchased and liabilities assumed from the FDIC using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The pro forma results do not necessarily indicate results that would have been obtained had the transaction actually occurred on January 1, 2009 or the results that may be achieved in the future.

 

     Pro forma
Twelve months ended
December 31, 2009
 
     (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Net interest income

   $ 45,660   

Noninterest income

     10,121   

Noninterest expense

     47,078   

Provision for loan losses

     16,646   
        

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (7,943

Income tax benefit

     (3,511
        

Net loss

   $ (4,432
        

Pro forma loss per common share:

  

Basic

   $ (0.48

Diluted

   $ (0.48

Pro forma weighted average shares:

  

Basic

     11,605   

Diluted

     11,605   

The amount of net revenue from the assets acquired and liabilities assumed since the Transaction Date included in the consolidated statement of operations is $9.1 million. The net income included in the consolidated statement of operations from the assets acquired and liabilities assumed since the Transaction Date is $1.3 million.

The assets purchased and liabilities assumed were comprised mainly of specific securities, loans and deposit accounts. It is impractical to present comparative pro forma results as if the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the period ended December 31, 2008 as the balances and rates of the individual assets and liabilities is in some cases not applicable (did not exist in prior period) or the individual account balance and/or rate during the prior period is not known.

Per the terms of the purchase and assumption agreement, the Bank was given the exclusive option to purchase 1st Centennial Bank loans at par from the FDIC during the 30-day period subsequent to the Transaction Date. The Bank purchased $101 million of loans at par from the FDIC under this option and recorded these loans at fair value, which materially approximates the amortized cost of the loans, given that the loans were performing in accordance with the loan contracts at interest rates that approximate market rates at the time of acquisition.

The following table presents the composition of the 1st Centennial loans purchased from the FDIC (in millions):

 

Commercial mortgage

   $ 42.9

Commercial loans and lines

     40.9

Residential 1-4 mortgages

     10.0

Multifamily mortgages

     4.9

Construction

     2.0

Home equity & consumer

     0.5
      

Total

   $ 101.2
      

 

79


Table of Contents

In June 2009, the Bank exercised its option to purchase approximately $400,000 of furniture, fixtures and equipment related to the six branch locations at fair value from the FDIC. The Bank also negotiated and executed new leases approximating current market rents for the six branch locations. Other settlements are still pending with the FDIC, and once settled, may result in adjustments to the above amounts, including goodwill.

NOTE 4 — SECURITIES

The amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses and estimated fair values of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31, 2009
      Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
     (in thousands)

U.S. Treasury notes/bills

   $ 142,617    $ 114    $ (71   $ 142,660

U.S. government agency notes

     77,097      170      (102     77,165

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

     47,034      280      (467     46,847

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     47,028      68      (156     46,940

Private label collateralized mortgage obligations

     32,984      17      (7,456     25,545

Municipal securities

     7,985      98      (55     8,028

Other domestic debt securities

     4,848      —        (2,388     2,460
                            

Securities available-for-sale

   $ 359,593    $ 747    $ (10,695   $ 349,645
                            
  
     December 31, 2008
      Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
     (in thousands)

U.S. government agency notes

   $ 2,000    $ 20    $ —        $ 2,020

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

     129,060      3,197      (46     132,211

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     8,934      278      (5     9,207

Private label collateralized mortgage obligations

     54,184      —        (15,493     38,691

Municipal securities

     17,327      220      (123     17,424

Other domestic debt securities

     4,941      —        (2,032     2,909
                            

Securities available-for-sale

   $ 216,446    $ 3,715    $ (17,699   $ 202,462
                            

At December 31, 2009, and 2008, there were no securities held-to-maturity.

 

80


Table of Contents

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and amortized cost of the Company’s securities with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 and 2008. This table excludes the three securities with other-than-temporary impairments at December 31, 2009. In the opinion of management, these securities are considered only temporarily impaired due to the fluctuation in market interest rates since purchase and temporary disruption in the credit markets as well as the Company’s intent and ability to hold them until fair values recover.

 

     At December 31, 2009  
     Less Than 12 Months     Greater Than 12 Months     Total  
      Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
    Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
    Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
 
     (in thousands)  

U.S. Treasury notes/bills

   $ 55,962    $ (71   $ —      $ —        $ 55,962    $ (71

U.S. government agency notes

     17,613      (102     —        —          17,613      (102

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

     38,349      (467     —        —          38,349      (467

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     19,113      (156     —        —          19,113      (156

Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations

     —        —          17,424      (4,147     17,424      (4,147

Municipal securities

     4,399      (53     172      (2     4,571      (55

Other domestic debt securities

     —        —          4,848      (2,388     4,848      (2,388
                                             
   $ 135,436    $ (849   $ 22,444    $ (6,537   $ 157,880    $ (7,386
                                             

 

     At December 31, 2008  
     Less Than 12 Months     Greater Than 12 Months     Total  
      Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
    Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
    Amortized
Cost
   Unrealized
Losses
 
     (in thousands)  

U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities

   $ 3,611    $ (46   $ —      $ —        $ 3,611    $ (46

U.S. government agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     1,476      (5     —        —          1,476      (5

Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations

     51,107      (15,205     3,078      (288     54,185      (15,493

Municipal securities

     7,360      (121     173      (2     7,533      (123

Other domestic debt securities

     —        —          4,941      (2,032     4,941      (2,032
                                             
   $ 63,554    $ (15,377   $ 8,192    $ (2,322   $ 71,746    $ (17,699
                                             

At December 31, 2009, there were nine securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more and forty-seven securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months. At December 31, 2008, there were four securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more and fifty-six securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months.

On a quarterly basis, the Company evaluates its individual available-for-sale securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI. As part of this evaluation, the Company considers whether it intends to sell each security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery of the amortized cost basis. If either of these conditions is met, the Company recognizes an OTTI charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in an unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, the Company considers

 

81


Table of Contents

whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security by comparing its best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security. If the Company’s best estimate of the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, the difference is considered the credit loss.

For all the securities in its available-for-sale portfolio, the Company does not intend to sell any security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell any security before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

The Company has determined that, as of December 31, 2009, all of the gross unrealized losses on its U.S. Treasury notes/bills, U.S. government agency notes, U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government collateralized mortgage obligations and municipal securities are temporary because the gross unrealized losses were caused mainly by movements in interest rates and not by the deterioration of the issuers’ creditworthiness; except for five municipal securities, these securities were all with credit agency ratings of at least A at December 31, 2009. The unrealized gain on the five municipal securities with credit agency ratings of less than A at December 31, 2009 is $2,626. For its U.S. Treasury notes/bills, U.S. government agency notes, U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. government collateralized mortgage obligations the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities because it determined that the strength of the issuers’ guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. government is sufficient to protect the Company from losses based upon current expectations. As a result, the Company expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities.

The Company owns one pooled trust preferred security, rated triple-A at purchase, with an amortized cost basis of $4.8 million and an unrealized loss of $2.4 million at December 31, 2009. The gross unrealized loss is mainly due to extraordinarily high investor yield requirements resulting from an illiquid market, causing this security to be valued at a discount to its acquisition cost. One credit rating agency has now rated the security A3 while another has rated the security triple-B-. The senior tranche owned by the Company has a collateral balance well in excess of the amortized cost basis of the tranche at December 31, 2009. Eleven of the fifty-six issuers in the security have deferred or defaulted on their interest payments as of December 31, 2009. The Company’s analysis determined that approximately half of the issuers would need to default on their interest payments before the senior tranche owned by the Company would be at risk of loss. As the Company’s estimated present value of expected cash flows to be collected is in excess of the amortized cost basis, the Company considers the gross unrealized loss on this security to be temporary.

The majority of gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009 relate to a type of mortgage-backed security also known as private-label collateralized mortgage obligations, or CMOs. As of December 31, 2009, the fair value of these securities was $25.5 million, representing 7 percent of our securities portfolio. Gross unrealized losses related to these securities amounted to $7.5 million, or 23 percent of the amortized cost basis of these securities as of December 31, 2009. The gross unrealized losses on these securities were primarily due to extraordinarily high investor yield requirements resulting from an illiquid market, significant uncertainty about the future condition of the mortgage market and the economy, and continued deterioration in the credit performance of loan collateral underlying these securities, causing these securities to be valued at significant discounts to their acquisition cost. Seven private-label CMO’s had credit agency ratings of less than investment grade at December 31, 2009. To assess whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of its private-label CMO’s, the Company performed a cash flow analysis for the six securities with an amortized cost basis greater than $1 million and rated less than investment grade at December 31, 2009. In performing the cash flow analysis for each security, the Company utilized a third-party model which considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Company’s securities, which estimates future cash flows based upon the estimated prepayments, default rates and loss severities input by the Company. The Company estimated the prepayments, default rates and loss severities of each individual security based upon the 3-month historical collateral performance of each security. This model then allocated the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in each security structure in accordance with the structure’s prescribed

 

82


Table of Contents

cash flow and loss allocation rules. When the credit enhancement for the senior securities in a structure is derived from the presence of subordinated securities, losses are generally allocated first to the subordinated securities until their principal balance is reduced to zero. The projected cash flows are based on a number of assumptions and expectations, and the results from this model can vary significantly with changes in assumptions and expectations.

Based upon this analysis, three private-label CMO’s were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2009 (that is, securities for which the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the entire amortized cost basis would not be recovered), and a credit loss of $550,000 was recognized in earnings in the fourth quarter of 2009. The Company had previously recognized a $565,000 OTTI credit loss on one of these three securities in the second quarter of 2009, thus, the OTTI credit loss recognized in earnings for private-label CMO’s for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $1,115,000. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell these securities before its anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis. If current conditions in the mortgage markets and general business and economic conditions continue to deteriorate further, the fair value of the Company’s mortgage-related securities may decline further and the Company may experience OTTI of additional securities in future periods, as well as further impairment of securities that were identified as other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009. The Company cannot predict whether it will be required to record additional OTTI charges on its securities in the future.

The Company has committed to contribute capital of $1.0 million to participate in a community development-related investment fund whose purpose is to develop and revitalize economically depressed areas. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 the Company had contributed capital of $803,000 and $685,000, respectively. During 2009, the fund recognized impairment losses on certain investments within the fund and the Company recognized its proportionate share of those impairment losses of $392,000 in 2009. The Company will continue to monitor the investment values within the fund at each reporting date and can provide no assurance there will not be an other-than-temporary impairment in future periods.

The following table presents the other-than-temporary impairment activity related to credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and the other-than-temporary impairment activity related to all other factors, which are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

     Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2009
      Impairment
Related to
Credit Loss
   Impairment
Related to
Other Factors
   Total
Impairment
     (in thousands)

Recognized as of beginning of period

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

Charges on securities for which OTTI was not previously recognized

     1,507      —        1,507
                    

Recognized as of end of period

   $ 1,507    $ —      $ 1,507
                    

Proceeds from the sale of securities and realized gains for the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $251.1 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Proceeds from sale of securities and realized losses for the year ended December 31, 2008 amounted to $1.0 million and $22,000, respectively.

 

83


Table of Contents

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturities are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-backed securities may mature earlier than their contractual maturities because of principal prepayments.

 

    
At December 31, 2009
      Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
     (in thousands)

Due in one year or less

   $ 52,934    $ 52,943

Due after one year through five years

     163,339      163,492

Due after five years through ten years

     18,661      18,580

Due after ten years

     124,659      114,630
             
   $ 359,593    $ 349,645
             

As of December 31, 2009, securities with an estimated fair value of $163.0 million have been pledged to secure public and other deposits, as required by law, and to secure borrowing facilities with the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco.

NOTE 5—LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The loan portfolio consists of the following:

 

     At December 31,  
      2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Commercial mortgage

   $ 381,334      $ 302,016   

Commercial loans and lines of credit

     235,849        228,958   

Multifamily mortgage

     138,548        51,607   

Construction and land loans

     86,609        133,054   

Home mortgage

     51,036        45,202   

Home equity loans and lines of credit

     40,122        22,568   

Installment and credit card

     5,748        5,016   
                

Total loans

     939,246        788,421   

Allowance for loan losses

     (16,505     (8,048
                

Loans, net

   $ 922,741      $ 780,373   
                

Loans held-for-sale

   $ —        $ 31,401   

As of December 31, 2009, loans with a carrying value of $508.1 million were pledged to secure FHLB advances. Loan balances include net deferred loan fees of $1,486,000 and $1,772,000 as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Most of the Company’s lending activity is with customers located in Los Angeles, Orange and Ventura Counties and most loans are secured by or dependent on real estate. Although the Company has no significant exposure to any individual customer, the economic conditions, particularly the recent decline in real estate values in Southern California could adversely affect customers and their ability to satisfy their obligations under their loan agreements.

Nonaccrual loans are those loans for which management has discontinued accrual of interest because reasonable doubt exists as to the full and timely collection of either principal or interest and are also considered impaired loans. There were twenty-one nonaccrual loans totaling $40.0 million at December 31, 2009. There

 

84


Table of Contents

were seven nonaccrual loans totaling $8.5 million as of December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses maintained for nonaccrual loans was $2.5 million and $0.6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Had these loans performed according to their original terms, additional interest income of $2.1 million and $0.5 million would have been recognized in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Due to the small average loan size and nature of our loan portfolio, impaired loans are determined by periodic evaluation on an individual loan basis. The average investment in impaired loans was $34.1 million and $16.6 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Impaired loans were $40.0 million and $34.5 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Of the $40.0 million of impaired loans at December 31, 2009, $3.5 million had specific reserves totaling $2.7 million.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
      2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Beginning balance

   $ 8,048      $ 7,828   

Provision for loan losses

     16,646        1,150   

Loans charged-off

     (8,580     (1,075

Recoveries on loans previously charged-off

     391        145   
                

Ending balance

   $ 16,505      $ 8,048   
                

The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets and the amount of foreclosed property at the dates indicated.

 

     As of December 31,
     2009    2008
     (Dollars in
thousands)

Accruing loans more than 90 days past due

     

Aggregate loan amounts

     

Commercial loans

   $ 200    $ —  

Commercial mortgage

     —        129

Home mortgage

     —        300
             

Total

   $ 200    $ 429

Non-accrual loans

     

Aggregate loan amounts

     

Construction and land

   $ 29,656    $ 6,280

Commercial mortgage

     3,770      —  

Multifamily

     3,406      773

Commercial loans

     1,898      998

Home mortgage

     1,225      424

Installment

     3      —  
             

Total non-accrual loans

   $ 39,958    $ 8,475
             

Total non-performing loans

   $ 40,158    $ 8,904
             

Foreclosed property

   $ 4,893    $ 327
             

 

85


Table of Contents

Included in the non-accrual loans at December 31, 2009 was a $649,000 renegotiated commercial mortgage loan. Interest income recognized on this loan was $25,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. We have no commitments to lend additional funds to this borrower.

NOTE 6—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:

 

     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Land

   $ 4,792      $ 4,792   

Buildings

     12,027        11,973   

Leasehold improvements

     5,831        5,879   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     16,427        15,176   
                
     39,077        37,820   

Less accumulated amortization and depreciation

     (18,791     (17,127
                
   $ 20,286      $ 20,693   
                

Depreciation and amortization expense was $1,822,000 and $1,425,000 in 2009 and 2008, respectively.

NOTE 7—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill of $60.7 million at December 31, 2009 includes $10.6 million, representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the FDIC in its capacity as receiver of 1st Centennial Bank described in Note 3. At December 31, 2008, goodwill was $50.1 million. No impairment loss was recognized for the periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

Other intangible assets and related accumulated amortization is as follows:

 

     At December 31,  
      2009     2008  
     (in thousands)  

Core deposit intangibles

   $ 12,543      $ 7,788   

Trade name

     4,000        4,000   
                
     16,543        11,788   

Less accumulated amortization

     (4,962     (3,336
                
   $ 11,581      $ 8,452   
                

Core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, were $8.7 million at December 31, 2009 and $5.2 million at December 31, 2008. The increase in core deposit intangibles is due to the $4.7 million core deposit intangible recognized from the assumption of certain deposits from the FDIC in its capacity as receiver of 1st Centennial Bank described in Note 3. Amortization expense was $1.2 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Trade name, net of accumulated amortization, was $2.9 million at December 31, 2009 and $3.3 million at December 31, 2008 representing the fair value of the Bank name recorded as part of the acquisition of FCB. Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $0.4 million.

 

86


Table of Contents

Amortization expense of other intangibles for 2009 and 2008 was $1.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next 5 years and thereafter is expected to be as follows:

 

Year

   Amount
     (in thousands)

2010

   $ 1,666

2011

     1,666

2012

     1,509

2013

     1,442

2014

     1,442

Thereafter

     3,856
      
   $ 11,581
      

NOTE 8—CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT

At December 31, 2009, the scheduled maturities for all certificates of deposit are as follows:

 

Year

   Under
$100,000
   $100,000
and Over
   Total
     (in thousands)

2010

   $ 100,437    $ 228,021    $ 328,458

2011

     8,718      15,265      23,983

2012

     2,470      11,056      13,526

2013

     1,634      7,272      8,906

2014 and later

     2,753      6,923      9,676
                    
   $ 116,012    $ 268,537    $ 384,549
                    

NOTE 9—LINES OF CREDIT AND BORROWED FUNDS

The Bank has lines of credit with two financial institutions providing for federal funds facilities up to a maximum of $27.0 million. The lines of credit support short-term liquidity and cannot be used for more than 30 consecutive business days, depending on the lending institution. These lines are unsecured, have no formal maturity date, and can be revoked at any time by the granting institution. There were no borrowings outstanding under these agreements at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

As a state nonmember bank, the Bank also has a secured borrowing facility of $12.4 million with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no borrowings outstanding under this agreement.

The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, has entered into credit arrangements with the FHLB, with maximum borrowing capacity of approximately $303.4 million at December 31, 2009. Borrowings under the credit arrangements are collateralized by FHLB stock as well as loans or other instruments which may be pledged. The Bank’s borrowing capacity is determined based on the estimated market value of certain eligible loans and securities pledged as collateral, however, the FHLB has a blanket lien against the Bank’s entire loan portfolio as collateral for borrowings. As of December 31, 2009, borrowings outstanding with the FHLB were as follows:

 

     Amount    Maturity
Year
   Weighted Average
Interest Rate
 
     (in thousands)  

Overnight advances

   $ —      —      —     

Term advances

     42,000    2010    3.70

Term advances

     13,000    2011    3.21

Term advances

     18,500    2012    4.03

Term advances

     17,500    2014    4.24

Term advances

     7,500    2017    4.07
            
   $ 98,500      
            

 

87


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2009, $7.5 million of our FHLB advances are ten-year putable advances with a weighted average rate of 4.1%, $17.5 million are seven-year putable advances with a weighted average rate of 4.2%, $17.5 million are five-year putable advances with a weighted average rate of 4.1%, and $17.5 million are three-year putable advances with a weighted average rate of 4.1%.

The following tables show borrowed funds for the dates and periods shown (in thousands):

 

     2009  
     Year-end     Average  
     Balance    Rate     Balance    Rate  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

   $ 45,000    3.64   $ 45,000    3.65
     2008  
     Year-end     Average  
     Balance    Rate     Balance    Rate  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements

   $ 45,000    3.64   $ 45,000    3.77

The maximum amount of overnight borrowings outstanding at any month-end during 2009 was zero and during 2008 was $59.6 million.

The Company had $144.4 million of unused borrowing capacity available from the FHLB at December 31, 2009 based upon pledged securities and loans.

NOTE 10—JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

In December 2005 and January 2007 the Company, or an acquired company, issued junior subordinated debentures to the Trusts. These junior subordinated debentures are effectively subordinated to all of our borrowings. The Company also owns the common stock of each of the Trusts. The balance of the equity of the Trusts is comprised of mandatorily redeemable preferred securities and is included in “accrued interest receivable and other assets” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had $26.8 million in junior subordinated debentures outstanding from two issuances of trust preferred securities. Junior subordinated debentures as of December 31, 2009 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Interest Rate    Maturity Date    As of December 31, 2009
           Effective
Interest Rate
    Balance

FCB Statutory Trust I

   Fixed until Dec. 2010    December 15, 2035    6.15   $ 10,310

First California Capital Trust I

   Fixed until Jan. 2012    March 15, 2037    6.80     16,495
                  
         6.55   $ 26,805
              

The book balance of FCB Statutory Trust I, net of purchase accounting adjustment, is $10,258,000 at December 31, 2009, and the total junior subordinated debt on the consolidated balance sheet is $26,753,000 at December 31, 2009.

Under FASB accounting standards codification related to consolidated financial statements, the Company does not consolidate the Trusts into the consolidated financial statements.

On March 1, 2005, the FRB adopted a final rule that allows the continued inclusion of trust preferred securities in the Tier 1 capital of holding companies, subject to stricter quantitative limits and qualitative standards. Under the final ruling, qualifying mandatory preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital, subject to a limit of 25

 

88


Table of Contents

percent of all core capital. Amounts of restricted core capital elements in excess of this limit generally may be included in Tier 2 capital. The qualitative limits become effective March 31, 2011, after a six-year transition period. As of December 31, 2009, junior subordinated debentures are included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. There is no expected impact to regulatory capital upon the effective date of this ruling.

NOTE 11—DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities through the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to certain variable-rate loan assets and borrowings. The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes and currently does not have any derivatives that are not designated in qualifying hedging relationships.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments on the Balance Sheet

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the balance sheets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008.

 

     Tabular Disclosure of Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
     Asset Derivatives    Liability Derivatives
     As of December 31,
2009
   As of December 31,
2008
   As of December 31,
2009
   As of December 31,
2008
     Balance
Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
   Balance
Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
   Balance
Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
   Balance
Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

                       

Interest Rate Products

   Other
Assets
   $ 194,680    Other
Assets
   $ —      Other
Liabilities
   $ —      Other
Liabilities
   $ —  
                                       

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

      $ 194,680       $ —         $ —         $ —  
                                       

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps and caps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate loan assets, interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. For hedges of the Company’s variable-rate borrowings, interest rate caps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty if interest rates rise above the strike rate on the contract in exchange for an up-front premium. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had one interest rate cap with a notional amount of $10.3 million that was designated as a cash flow hedge associated with the Company’s variable-rate borrowings. At December 31, 2008, the Company had no derivative financial instruments outstanding.

 

89


Table of Contents

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges is recorded in Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, such derivatives were used to hedge the forecasted variable cash outflows associated with junior subordinated debentures. During the year ended December 31, 2008, interest rate swaps, which were terminated in May 2008, were used to hedge the cash inflows associated with then-existing pools of prime-based loan assets. These swaps failed to qualify for hedge accounting due to a mismatch in the swap notional and designated loan principal; accordingly, all changes in fair value of the swaps during 2008 were recorded directly in earnings. Refer to amounts disclosed under the sections titled “Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments.” No hedge ineffectiveness was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009.

Amounts reported in Other Comprehensive Income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest income or expense, as applicable, as interest payments are received/made on the Company’s variable-rate assets/liabilities. During the next twelve months, the Company does not expect to reclassify any amounts from Other Comprehensive Income to earnings as the Company’s one outstanding interest rate cap does not become effective until December 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company accelerated the reclassification of a $83,576 loss in Other Comprehensive Income to non-interest income as a result of the hedged forecasted transactions becoming probable not to occur related to the swaps that disqualified for hedge accounting. Additionally, the Company reclassified a gain of $197,280 to interest income related to the amortization of Other Comprehensive Income amounts related to terminated hedging relationships.

Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Income Statement

The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.

 

Derivatives

in Cash Flow

Hedging

Relationships

   Amount of Gain
or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivative
(Effective Portion)
   Location of Gain or
(Loss) Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income
(Effective Portion)
   Amount of Gain
or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective Portion)
    Location of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)
  

Amount of Gain

or (Loss)

Recognized in
Income on

Derivative
(Ineffective Portion)

   Year Ended
December 31,
      Year Ended
December 31,
       Year Ended
December 31,
   2009    2008       2009    2008        2009    2008

Interest Rate Products

   $ 11,680    $ —      Interest income    $ —      $ 197,280      Other non-interest income    $ —      $ —  
         Other non-interest income      —        (83,576        
                                                

Total

   $ 11,680    $ —         $ —      $ 113,704         $ —      $ —  
                                                

 

Derivatives Not

Designated as

Hedging Instruments

   Location of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
   Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivatives
      Year Ended
December 31,
      2009    2008

Interest Rate Products

   Other non-interest income    $ —      $ 1,126,051
                

Total

      $ —      $ 1,126,051
                

Non-Designated Hedges

The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Derivatives not designated as hedges are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements and other identified risks but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements of the FASB codification guidance related to accounting for

 

90


Table of Contents

derivatives and hedging activities. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As noted under “Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk,” swaps hedging the Company’s variable cash inflows associated with prime-based loans disqualified for hedge accounting; accordingly, a gain was recognized directly in earnings related to these swaps during the year ended December 31, 2008. Additionally, the Company utilized an interest rate floor to hedge the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements that was not designated in a qualifying hedging relationship. As such, the Company recognized a gain related to the floor during the year ended December 31, 2008. The gains recognized in other non-interest income from these transactions was $1,126,051 in 2008. All non-designated hedges were terminated or matured during 2008; therefore, the Company did not recognize any amounts in earnings during the year ended December 31, 2009 associated with non-designated hedges.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

The terms of the one outstanding interest rate cap at December 31, 2009 does not contain any credit-risk-related contingent features, thus, consideration of the counterparty’s credit risk is not applicable.

The Company has no derivatives payable, thus, consideration of the Company’s own credit risk is not applicable.

NOTE 12—INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following for the years shown:

 

     2009      2008
     (Dollars in thousands)

Current taxes:

     

Federal

   $ 814       $ 2,399

State

     604         809
               

Total current taxes

     1,418         3,208

Deferred taxes:

     

Federal

     (3,528      154

State

     (1,643      180
               

Total deferred taxes

     (5,171      334
               

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (3,753    $ 3,542
               

A reconciliation of the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 34% for 2009 and 35% for 2008 to the income before income tax provision and the effective tax rate are as follows:

 

     2009     2008  
     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Tax provision at statutory rate

   $ (2,861   34.0   $ 3,468      35.0

Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:

        

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

     (602   7.1     660      6.7

Permanent differences

     (351   4.2     (196   (2.0 )% 

Other

     61      (0.7 )%      (390 )   (3.9 )% 
                    
   $ (3,753   44.6   $ 3,542      35.8
                    

 

91


Table of Contents

The major components of the net deferred tax asset (liabilities) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Securities available-for-sale

   $ 4,183     $ 5,880   

Accrued expenses

     1,771        1,441   

Nonaccrual interest

     749        342   

Allowance for loan losses

     5,770        1,428   

Securities other-than-temporary impairment reserve

     361        —     

State taxes

     —          356   

Reserve for foreclosed asset losses

     453        —     

Other

     959        757   
                

Total deferred tax assets

     14,246        10,204   
                

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation

     (2,132     (2,084

FHLB stock dividend

     (559     (571

Loan premium amortization

     (8     (11

Deferred loan costs

     (1,419     (1,260

Core deposit intangibles

     (1,809     (2,180 )

Trade name

     (1,180     (1,374

Goodwill

     (267     —     

State taxes

     (338     —     

Other

     (488     (152 )
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (8,200     (7,632
                

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 6,046      $ 2,572   
                

The Company establishes a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that future taxable earnings will be sufficient to realize its deferred tax assets and has not provided an allowance.

NOTE 13—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company has 1,000 issued shares of preferred stock series A, $0.01 par value, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Redemption of the preferred stock series A is at the Company’s option subject to certain restrictions imposed by our preferred stock series B. The redemption amount is computed at the per-share liquidation preference plus unpaid dividends at a rate of 8.5%. Each holder of preferred stock series A has the right, exercisable at the option of the holder, to convert all or some of such holder’s series A shares into common stock. The number of shares of common stock to be issued upon conversion of each share of preferred stock series A shall be determined by dividing the sum of each share’s liquidation preference plus unpaid dividend by the conversion factor of $5.63 per share. As of December 31, 2009, the number of common shares which would be issued upon conversion of the preferred stock series A is 299,246.

On December 19, 2008, the Company participated in the U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program, or CPP, under which the Company received $25 million in exchange for issuing 25,000 preferred stock series B shares and a warrant to purchase common stock to the Treasury. As a participant in CPP, the Company is subject to various restrictions and requirements, such as restrictions on stock repurchases and payment of dividends, and other requirements relating to executive compensation and corporate governance practices. Moreover, under

 

92


Table of Contents

legislation such as the ARRA, the Company may early redeem the shares issued to the Treasury under the CPP without any early penalty or requirement to raise new capital, as previously required under the original terms of the CPP. The preferred stock series B qualifies as Tier 1 capital, and holders are entitled to receive cumulative cash dividends at a rate of 5 percent per year for the first five years and 9 percent per year thereafter, on a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Dividends are payable quarterly in arrears on each of February 15, May 15, August 15, and November 15, if, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, out of assets legally available for payment. The common stock warrant entitles the Treasury to purchase 599,042 shares of our common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.26 for a term of ten years. The Company recorded the total $25 million of the preferred stock series B and the warrant at their relative fair values of $22.7 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The difference from the par amount of the preferred shares is accreted to preferred stock over five years using the interest method.

NOTE 14—EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The weighted average number of shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 11,604,648 and 11,457,231, respectively. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflect the potential dilution that could occur if common shares were issued pursuant to the exercise of common stock options under the Company’s stock option plans. The dilutive calculation excludes 806,030 and 532,861 weighted average options outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for which the exercise price exceeded the average market price of the Company’s common stock during these periods.

The following table illustrates the computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share for the periods indicated.

 

     Twelve months ended December 31,
     2009     2008
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted    Basic
     (in thousands, except per share data)

Net income (loss) as reported

   $ (4,661   $ (4,661   $ 6,366    $ 6,366

Less preferred stock dividend declared

     (1,132     (1,132     —        —  
                             

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders

   $ (5,793   $ (5,793   $ 6,366    $ 6,366
                             

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     11,605        11,605        11,457      11,457

Warrants

     —          —          4      —  

Restricted stock

     —          —          4      —  

Options

     —          —          106      —  

Convertible preferred stock

     —          —          273      —  
                             

Weighted average common shares outstanding (1)

     11,605        11,605        11,844      11,457
                             

Earnings (loss) per common share

   $ (0.50   $ (0.50   $ 0.54    $ 0.56
                             

 

(1) In accordance with FASB accounting standards related to earnings per share, due to the net loss for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009, the impact of securities convertible to common stock is not included as its effect would be anti-dilutive.

NOTE 15—EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The Company has adopted a 401(k) savings investment plan which allows employees to defer certain amounts of compensation for income tax purposes under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Essentially all eligible employees may elect to defer and contribute up to statutory limits. The Company may, at its discretion, make matching contributions, the total of which may not exceed 15% of eligible compensation. For

 

93


Table of Contents

the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company made matching contributions of $291,000 and $259,000, respectively, to the plan.

As part of the Mergers, the Company acquired life insurance to support life insurance benefits for several key employees and salary continuation benefits for certain executives. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the cash surrender value of the life insurance was $11.8 million and $11.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company recognized a liability for salary continuation benefits of $471,000 and $384,000, respectively. Payments under the salary continuation plan commence when the respective executive reaches the age of 65 and continue for a period up to 20 years. For the years ending December 31, 2009 and 2008, salary continuation expense was $87,000 and ($175,000), respectively. The 2008 expense reflects the reversal of a previously accrued liability for an executive who terminated their employment prior to vesting in the salary continuation benefit.

The Company has entered into deferred compensation agreements with several of its key employees. Under the agreement, benefits are to be paid in a lump sum or equal monthly installments for a period up to five years upon the employee’s termination with the Company or within 30 days of the employee’s death. The Company also has deferred compensation arising through deferred severance payments to two former executives. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, a liability of $1,369,000 and $1,814,000, respectively, for deferred compensation, including deferred severance was included in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company has established and sponsors an irrevocable trust commonly referred to as a “Rabbi Trust” related to severance payments due to a former executive. The trust assets are consolidated in the Company’s balance sheets in other assets and the associated liability is included in other liabilities. The asset and liability balances related to this trust as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $707,000 and $972,000, respectively.

NOTE 16—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Stock Incentive Plans—In June 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The Plan authorizes the issuance of awards for up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards.

The Company issues restricted stock to employees and directors under share-based compensation plans. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, stock-based compensation expense relating to restricted stock awards was $406,000 and $124,000, respectively. A summary of non-vested restricted stock shares as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year ended December 31, 2009, is presented below:

 

Non-Vested Shares

   Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Price

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   26,812     $ 8.38

Granted

   169,075        4.93

Vested

   (13,049 )     7.93

Forfeited

   (12,271 )     5.59
        

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   170,567      $ 5.20
        

Of the total shares of restricted stock granted in 2009, 29,435 shares were granted to outside directors. The weighted average fair values of restricted stock awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $4.93 and $8.02, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards amounted to $491,000. This cost is expected to be recognized over a remaining period of 2.1 years.

 

94


Table of Contents

The activity of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2009 is as shown:

 

     Number
of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
                     (Dollars in
thousands)

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   641,797      $ 8.89    5.25    $ 2,463

Granted

   211,325        5.00      

Exercised

   (3,125     4.37      

Forfeited/Expired

   (21,585     8.15      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2009

   828,412        7.95    4.99      2,802
              

Exercisable, December 31, 2009

   395,234      $ 9.01    3.36    $ 1,384
              

The activity of stock options for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as shown:

 

     Number
of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
                     (Dollars in
thousands)

Outstanding, December 31, 2007

   628,706      $ 10.40    5.55    $ 2,310

Granted/Assumed

   180,000        7.35      

Exercised

   (15,063     5.78      

Forfeited/Expired

   (151,846     9.67      
              

Outstanding, December 31, 2008

   641,797        8.89    5.25      2,463
              

Exercisable, December 31, 2008

   228,026      $ 8.11    4.28    $ 542
              

The estimated per share weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.87 and $3.14, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the total proceeds from options exercised during the year were $14,000 and $86,000, respectively. The total fair value of the shares granted during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $394,000 and $564,000, respectively. At December 31, 2009, there was $1,053,112 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards granted under the share-based compensation plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.

Under the fair value method, stock option compensation expense is measured on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. In accordance with the FASB codification accounting guidance related to stock-based compensation, the fair values of the stock options were estimated using a lattice option pricing model. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, compensation expense related to stock options was $611,000 and $733,000, respectively.

The Company uses the lattice binomial model formula to determine the fair value of stock options using the following estimates and assumptions. The expected volatility assumption used in the lattice option pricing model is based upon the weekly historical volatility of the Company’s stock price using a blend of the unweighted standard deviation of closing price with a weighted mean reversion formula. The risk-free interest rate assumption is for the expected term of the share options and is based upon the U.S. Treasury implied forward yield curve at the time of the grant. The dividend yield assumption is based upon the Company’s capital planning

 

95


Table of Contents

model. The fair value of the options at the grant dates also follows. The weighted average values used for the 2009 and 2008 stock option grants are shown below.

 

     2009 Grants     2008 Grants  

Expected option term

     6.2 years        7.1 years   

Expected volatility

     31.8     33.0

Expected dividend yield

     0     0

Risk-free interest rate

     3.08     4.35

Stock option fair value

   $ 1.87      $ 3.14   

NOTE 17—TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

Certain directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders are customers of and have had banking transactions with the Company, and the Company expects to have such transactions in the future. All loans and commitments to lend included in such transactions were made in compliance with applicable laws on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present any other unfavorable features. There is one extension of credit to related parties at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The outstanding balance of the loan to related parties was $1,907 and $2,473 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Deposits of related parties held by the Company at December 31, 2009 amounted to approximately $100,000.

NOTE 18—CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The Company maintains balances in correspondent bank accounts which may at times exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that its risk of loss associated with such balances is minimal due to financial strength of the correspondent banks. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts.

Substantially all of the Company’s loans, commitments, and commercial and standby letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market areas, primarily Ventura, Orange and Los Angeles County, California. Many of such customers are also depositors of the Company. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 5. The distribution of commitments to extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. Commercial and standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers as of December 31, 2009. The Company’s loan policies require the extension of a non-real estate secured credit to any single borrower or group of related borrowers between $2.0 million and $5.0 million to be approved by the officer loan committee and credit in excess of $5.0 million to be approved by the director loan committee. The Company’s loan policies require the extension of a real estate secured credit to any single borrower or group of related borrowers between $2.0 million and $7.5 million to be approved by the officer loan committee and credit in excess of $7.5 million to be approved by the director loan committee.

NOTE 19—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK

In the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and the issuance of letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss, in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit written, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The Company may or may not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk, depending on its loan underwriting guidelines.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Company’s outstanding commitments:

 

     2009    2008
     (in thousands)

Financial instruments whose contract amounts contain credit risk:

     

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 162,842    $ 153,077

Commercial and standby letters of credit

     1,439      444
             
   $ 164,281    $ 153,521
             

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon an extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, and income-producing properties.

Letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing, and similar transactions. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds cash, marketable securities, or real estate as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company maintained a reserve for unfunded commitments of $97,000 and $102,000, respectively. The reserve is included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the balance sheets.

Guarantees—As successor to all the rights and obligations of National Mercantile and FCB, the Company has unconditionally guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, all distributions and payments under the First California Trust’s and FCB Statutory Trust I’s capital securities upon liquidation, redemption, or otherwise, but only to the extent either the First California Trust or the FCB Statutory Trust I, as the case may be, fails to pay such distributions under the fixed/floating rate deferrable interest debentures such trust holds from the Company. See “Junior Subordinated Debentures” under Note 10 above.

NOTE 20—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, we make commitments to extend credit or issue letters of credit to customers. We generally do not recognize these commitments in our balance sheet. These commitments do involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk; however, we use the same credit policies and procedures as we do for on-balance sheet credit facilities. Commitments to extend credit were $162.8 million at December 31, 2009 compared with $153.1 million at December 31, 2008. Commercial and stand-by letters of credit were $1.4 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

The Company has entered into deferred compensation agreements with several of its key employees. Under the agreement, benefits are to be paid in a lump sum or equal monthly installments for a period up to five years upon the employee’s termination with the Company or within 30 days of the employee’s death. The Company also has deferred compensation arising through deferred severance payments to two former executives.

 

97


Table of Contents

Rental expense on operating leases included in occupancy expense in the consolidated statements of operations was $2,859,000 in 2009 and $1,660,000 in 2008. Estimated operating lease commitments for the next 5 years and thereafter is as follows:

 

Year

   Amount
     (in thousands)

2010

   $ 2,484

2011

     2,324

2012

     2,241

2013

     2,143

2014

     1,473

Thereafter

     5,546
      
   $ 16,211
      

The nature of the Company’s business causes it to be involved in ordinary routine legal proceedings from time to time. Although the ultimate outcome and amount of liability, if any, with respect to these legal proceedings to which we are currently a party cannot presently be ascertained with certainty, in the opinion of management, based upon information currently available to us, any resulting liability is not likely to have a material adverse affect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flow.

NOTE 21—REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on a company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines, bank holding companies must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2009, that the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As discussed further in Note 13, the preferred shares and warrant to purchase common stock issued to the U.S. Treasury under the CPP qualify as Tier 1 capital.

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios of the Company with a comparison to the minimum ratios for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2009

          

Total capital

   $ 133,078    12.69   $ 83,926    ³ 8.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 119,924    11.43   $ 41,963    ³ 4.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 119,924    8.52   $ 56,324    ³ 4.00

(to average assets)

          

 

98


Table of Contents
     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

          

Total capital

   $ 147,680    16.62   $ 71,102    ³ 8.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 139,530    15.70   $ 35,551    ³ 4.00

(to risk weighted assets)

          

Tier I capital

   $ 139,530    12.77   $ 43,699    ³ 4.00

(to average assets)

          

Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL. The DGCL provides that a corporation may declare and pay dividends out of any surplus, and, if it has no surplus, out of any net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend was declared or for the preceding fiscal year (provided that the payment will not reduce capital to an amount less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In addition, First California may not pay dividends on its capital stock if it is in default or has elected to defer payments of interest under its junior subordinated debentures. The Company cannot declare or pay a dividend on its common stock without the consent of the Treasury until the third anniversary of the date of the CPP investment, or December 19, 2011, unless prior to such third anniversary the senior preferred stock series B is redeemed in whole or the Treasury has transferred all of the senior preferred stock series B to third parties.

The Bank is also subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on a company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2009, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank was categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum Total risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2009 that management believes may have changed the Bank’s category.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following tables present the capital amounts and ratios of the Bank with a comparison to the minimum ratios for the periods indicated:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2009

               

Total capital

   $ 127,315    12.17   $ 83,669    ³ 8.00   $ 104,587    ³ 10.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 114,198    10.92   $ 41,835    ³ 4.00   $ 62,752    ³ 6.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 114,198    8.08   $ 56,507    ³ 4.00   $ 70,633    ³ 5.00

(to average assets)

               

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provision
 
      Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio     Amount    Ratio  
     (in thousands)  

December 31, 2008

               

Total capital

   $ 109,022    12.27   $ 71,110    ³ 8.00   $ 88,888    ³ 10.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 100,873    11.35   $ 35,555    ³ 4.00   $ 53,333    ³ 6.00

(to risk weighted assets)

               

Tier I capital

   $ 100,873    9.26   $ 43,568    ³ 4.00   $ 54,460    ³ 5.00

(to average assets)

               

The Bank is subject to various federal or state statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and capital distributions to its shareholder.

Under California law, banks may declare a cash dividend out of their net profits up to the lesser of retained earnings or the net income for the last three fiscal years (less any distributions made to shareholders during such period), or with the prior written approval of the DFI, in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (i) the retained earnings of the Bank, (ii) the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year or (iii) the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. In addition, under federal law, banks are prohibited from paying any dividends if after making such payment they would fail to meet any of the minimum regulatory capital requirements. The federal regulators also have the authority to prohibit state banks from engaging in any business practices which are considered to be unsafe or unsound, and in some circumstances the regulators might prohibit the payment of dividends on that basis even though such payments would otherwise be permissible.

The Bank may from time to time be permitted to make additional capital distributions to its shareholder with the consent of the DFI. It is not anticipated that such consent could be obtained unless the distributing bank were to remain “well capitalized” following such distribution.

NOTE 22—FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FASB accounting standards codification related to fair value measurements defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurement. This standard applies to all financial assets and liabilities that are being measured and reported at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis. Upon adoption of this accounting standards update, there was no cumulative effect adjustment to beginning retained earnings and no impact on the financial statements in the first quarter of 2008.

 

100


Table of Contents

As defined in the FASB accounting standards codification, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments that are highly liquid, observable and actively traded in over-the-counter markets. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable and can be corroborated by market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The Company uses fair value to measure certain assets and liabilities on a recurring basis when fair value is the primary measure for accounting. This is done primarily for available-for-sale securities and derivatives. Fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to measure certain assets when applying lower of cost or market accounting or when adjusting carrying values, such as for loans held for sale, impaired loans, and other real estate owned. Fair value is also used when evaluating impairment on certain assets, including securities, goodwill, core deposit and other intangibles, for valuing assets and liabilities acquired in a business combination and for disclosures of financial instruments as required by FASB accounting standards codification related to fair value disclosure reporting.

The following tables present information on the assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at and for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

          Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis at
December 31, 2009, Using
     Fair value at
December 31, 2009
   Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     (in thousands)

Available-for-sale securities

   $ 349,645    $ —      $ 349,645    $ —  
                           

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 349,645    $ —      $ 349,645    $ —  
                           

 

          Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Non-Recurring Basis at
December 31, 2009, Using
      
     Fair value at
December 31, 2009
   Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
   Total
gains
(losses)
 
     (in thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $ 806    $ —      $ —      $ 806    $ (3,747

Foreclosed property

     4,893      —        —        4,893      (1,101
                                    

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 5,699    $ —      $ —      $ 5,699    $ (4,848
                                    

 

101


Table of Contents

The following tables present information on the assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis at and for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

          Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Recurring Basis at
December 31, 2008, Using
     Fair value at
December 31, 2008
   Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
     (in thousands)

Available-for-sale securities

   $ 202,462    $ —      $ 202,462    $ —  
                           

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 202,462    $ —      $ 202,462    $ —  
                           

 

          Financial Assets Measured at Fair Value on a
Non-Recurring Basis at
December 31, 2008, Using
      
     Fair value at
December 31, 2008
   Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
   Other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
   Total
gains
(losses)
 
     (in thousands)  

Impaired loans

   $ 1,438    $ —      $ —      $ 1,438    $ (32

Foreclosed property

     327      —        —        327      —     
                                    

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,765    $ —      $ —      $ 1,765    $ (32
                                    

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument above:

Available-for-sale securities—Fair values for investment securities are obtained from a third-party pricing service for identical or comparable assets. The market valuations include observable market inputs and are therefore considered Level 2 inputs for purposes of determining the fair value.

Impaired loans—Impaired loans are measured and recorded at the fair value of the loan’s collateral on a nonrecurring basis as the impaired loans shown are collateral dependent. The fair value of each loan’s collateral is generally based on estimated market prices from an independently prepared appraisal, which is then adjusted for the cost related to liquidating such collateral; such valuation inputs result in a nonrecurring fair value measurement that is categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

Foreclosed property—Foreclosed property is initially measured at fair value at acquisition and carried at the lower of this new cost basis or fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The foreclosed property shown is collateral dependent and, accordingly, is measured based on the fair value of such collateral. The fair value of collateral is generally based on estimated market prices from an independently prepared appraisal, which is then adjusted for the estimated cost to liquidate the collateral; such valuation inputs result in a nonrecurring fair value measurement that is categorized as a Level 3 measurement.

FASB accounting standards codification requires that the Company disclose estimated fair values for our financial instruments during annual and interim reporting periods. Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions, set forth below for our financial instruments, are made solely to comply with the requirements of the disclosures regarding fair value of financial instruments. The following describes the methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments, excluding financial instruments already recorded at fair value as described above.

Cash and cash equivalents—The carrying amounts of cash and federal funds sold approximate their fair value.

 

102


Table of Contents

Loans—Loans are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Therefore, the following valuation discussion relates to estimating the fair value to be disclosed under fair value disclosure requirements. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type and further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by credit risk categories. The fair values of loans is then estimated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market prepayment speeds and estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loans. Loans, other than those held-for-sale, are not normally purchased and sold by the Company, and there are no active trading markets for much of this portfolio.

Deposits—The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (that is, their carrying amounts). The carrying amounts of variable-rate money market accounts and fixed-term certificates of deposit (CDs) approximate their fair values at the reporting date. Fair values for fixed-rate CDs are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings—The fair value of the FHLB advances and other borrowings is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Junior subordinated debentures—The fair value of the debentures is estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Off-balance sheet instruments—Off-balance sheet instruments include unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. The fair value of these instruments is not considered practicable to estimate because of the lack of quoted market prices and the inability to estimate fair value without incurring excessive costs.

The following table estimates fair values and the related carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments:

 

     For the years ended December 31,
     2009    2008
     Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Estimated
Fair Value
     (Dollars in thousands)

Financial assets:

           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 46,494    $ 46,494    $ 49,127    $ 49,127

Securities available-for-sale

     349,645      349,645      202,462      202,462

FHLB and other stock

     9,501      9,501      9,775      9,775

Loans, net

     922,741      783,924      780,373      726,605

Interest rate cap

     195      195      —        —  

Financial liabilities:

           

Demand deposits, money market and savings

   $ 740,166    $ 740,166    $ 410,194    $ 410,194

Time certificates of deposit

     384,549      387,350      407,401      411,107

FHLB advances and other borrowings

     143,500      145,514      167,000      171,064

Junior subordinated debentures

     26,753      16,002      26,701      12,042

These fair value disclosures represent the Company’s best estimates based on relevant market information and information about the financial instruments. Fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of the various instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in the above methodologies and assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

103


Table of Contents

NOTE 23—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In February 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company reviewed and approved an informal agreement (the “informal agreement”) between the Company and the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco, or the Reserve Bank. The informal agreement requires the Board to take all appropriate steps to fully utilize its financial and managerial resources to assist the Company and the Bank in functioning in a safe and sound manner pursuant to Regulation Y of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. It also restricts the ability of the Company to: (a) receive dividends or any other form of payment or distribution representing a reduction of capital from the Bank without the prior written approval from the Reserve Bank; (b) declare or pay dividends, make any payments on trust preferred securities, or make any other capital distributions, without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (c) directly or indirectly incur, renew, increase or guarantee any debt, without prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; (d) directly or indirectly issue any trust preferred securities without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank; and (e) purchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of its stock without the prior written approval of the Reserve Bank.

On February 16, 2010, the Company paid $312,500 in Series B Preferred Stock cash dividends. The dividend was declared by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 27, 2010 and was payable to shareholders of record as of January 27, 2010.

On March 3, 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, from 25,000,000 shares to 100,000,000 shares, and to increase the number of authorized shares of all classes of the Company’s stock from 27,500,000 shares to 102,500,000 shares.

NOTE 24—PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following financial information presents the condensed balance sheet of the Company on a parent-only basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related condensed statements of operations and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2009.

Balance Sheet

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,237      $ 36,684   

Investment in subsidiary bank

     177,610        146,967   

Other assets

     2,701        5,707   
                

Total assets

   $ 185,548      $ 189,358   
                

Junior subordinated debentures

   $ 26,753      $ 26,701   

Other liabilities

     1,569        3,734   
                

Total liabilities

     28,322        30,435   

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock

     24,170        23,713   

Common stock

     118        118   

Additional paid-in-capital

     136,635        135,603   

Treasury stock

     (3,061     (3,050

Retained earnings

     5,309        11,559   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (5,945     (9,020
                

Total shareholders’ equity

     157,226        158,923   
                

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 185,548      $ 189,358   
                

 

104


Table of Contents

Statements of Operations

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest income

   $ 204      $ 248   

Interest expense

     1,884        1,755   
                

Net interest expense

     (1,680     (1,507

Other operating income

     —          —     

Other operating expense

     2,590        2,299   
                

Loss before equity in net income (loss) of the Bank

     (4,270     (3,806

Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries

     (1,925     8,469   
                

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

     (6,195     4,663   

Income tax benefit

     (1,534     (1,703
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,661   $ 6,366   
                

Statements of Cash Flow

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,661   $ 6,366   

Adjustment to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Equity in (net income) loss of subsidiaries, net

     1,925        (8,469

Stock-based compensation costs

     1,018        733   

Net increase in other assets and other liabilities

     900        3,879   
                

Net cash provided (used) in operations

     (818     2,509   

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Investment in subsidiary

     (29,500     —     
                

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (29,500     —     

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Distribution from subsidiaries

     —          3,000   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     14        86   

Issuance of preferred stock and warrants

     —          25,000   

Dividends paid on preferred stock

     (1,132     —     

Purchases of treasury stock

     (11     (676
                

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

     (1,129     27,410   
                

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (31,447     29,919   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

     36,684        6,765   
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

   $ 5,237      $ 36,684   
                

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,756      $ 1,755   

Cash received for income taxes, net

   $ (2,643   $ (7,816

 

105


Table of Contents

NOTE 25 — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following tables present the unaudited quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

      2009 Quarters     2008 Quarters
     4th     3rd     2nd     1st     4th     3rd     2nd    1st
     (in thousands, except per share data)

Net interest income

   $ 11,091      $ 11,396      $ 11,897      $ 10,670      $ 9,836      $ 10,348      $ 10,335    $ 10,263

Service charges, fees & other income

     1,238        1,269        1,260        1,235        1,332        1,042        536      2,043

Loan commissions & sales

     (6     22        44        9        69       143        185      54

Gains (loss) on sales of securities

     1,217        1,639        1,435        671        (9     (13     —        —  

Operating expenses

     11,909        11,294        12,876        10,777        9,696        8,339        8,757      8,314

Provision for loan losses

     6,350        4,117        1,110        5,069        200        300        200      450
                                                             

Income (loss) before income tax

     (4,719     (1,085     650        (3,261     1,332        2,881        2,099      3,596

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (1,855     (949     433        (1,383     200        1,120        815      1,407
                                                             

Net income (loss)

   $ (2,864   $ (136   $ 217      $ (1,878   $ 1,132      $ 1,761      $ 1,284    $ 2,189
                                                             

Net earnings (loss) per common share:

                 

Basic

   $ (0.27   $ (0.04   $ (0.01   $ (0.18   $ 0.10      $ 0.15      $ 0.11    $ 0.19

Diluted

   $ (0.27   $ (0.04   $ (0.01   $ (0.18   $ 0.10      $ 0.15      $ 0.11    $ 0.19

 

106


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None.

 

Item 9A(T). Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures: An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several other members of the Company’s senior management as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as currently in effect are effective.

(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: The management of First California Financial Group, Inc., or First California or the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management maintains a comprehensive system of controls intended to ensure that transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, assets are safeguarded, and financial records are reliable. Management also takes steps to see that information and communication flows are effective and to monitor performance, including performance of internal control procedures.

As of December 31, 2009, First California management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, is effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements should they occur. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree or compliance with the control procedures may deteriorate.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls: There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

107


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors

 

Richard D. Aldridge

Director since 2007

Age 62

  

Mr. Aldridge served as the Vice Chairman of the Board of FCB from October 2005 until the completion of the mergers, and was a director from 1993 until the completion of the mergers. He was employed for 19 years by Weyerhaeuser Company in Longview, Washington, where he was a business manager. For the past 17 years, Mr. Aldridge has been the President and CEO of B & R Supply, Inc., an industrial tool distributor. Since 1990, he has held investments in multiple community banks and real estate in Ventura County. Mr. Aldridge also served as interim Chairman of the Board of FCB from 1998 to 1999. Mr. Aldridge is the brother-in-law of John W. Birchfield.

 

We believe Mr. Aldridge’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive knowledge of the Company and his service on the board of directors of FCB prior to the completion of the Mergers, his experience investing in community banks and real estate in geographic areas where we engage in commercial property lending and the experience he has acquired through his leadership roles at B&R Supply, Inc.

Donald E. Benson

Director since 2006

Age 79

  

Mr. Benson served as a director of National Mercantile from 1998 until the completion of the mergers. Mr. Benson is Executive Vice President and a director of Marquette Financial Companies, Minneapolis, Minnesota, a financial services holding company (formerly Marquette Bancshares, Inc.). He has served in that position and in predecessor organizations since 1968. Mr. Benson is also a former director of MAIR Holdings, Inc., a commuter airline, and a current director of Mass Mutual Corporate Investors, a mutual fund, and Mass Mutual Participation Investors, a mutual fund.

 

We believe Mr. Benson’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive knowledge of the Company and his service on the board of directors of National Mercantile prior to the completion of the Mergers, his previous experience in the public accounting profession, his extensive experience in the financial services industry and his experience serving on boards and committees of other companies.

John W. Birchfield

Director since 2007

Age 58

  

Mr. Birchfield served as the Chairman of the Board of FCB from October 2005 until the completion of the mergers, and was a director from 1993 until the completion of the mergers. Since 1995, Mr. Birchfield has served as the Chairman of the Board at B & R Supply Inc. He is also the managing partner of Ralston Properties LP, a privately held real estate management company. Mr. Birchfield is the brother-in-law of Richard D. Aldridge. Mr. Birchfield currently serves as the Chairman of the Board for First California Bank.

 

We believe Mr. Birchfield’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive knowledge of the Company and his service on the board of directors prior to the completion of the Mergers, his experience serving on boards and committees of other companies and his knowledge and experience in the real estate industry and knowledge of the markets we conduct business in.

 

108


Table of Contents

Joseph N. Cohen

Director since 2006

Age 64

  

Mr. Cohen served as a director of National Mercantile from 1998 until the completion of the mergers. Mr. Cohen has been President of American Entertainment Investors, Inc., a media financing and consulting firm, since February 1996 and a Principal of EFS Advisors, LLC, which co-manages an entertainment investment fund, since June 2006.

 

We believe Mr. Cohen’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive knowledge of the Company and his experience serving on the board of directors of National Mercantile prior to the Mergers, as well as his knowledge of financial markets and knowledge and experience in the financial services industry.

Robert E. Gipson

Director since 2007

Age 63

  

Mr. Gipson served as a director of National Mercantile from 1996 until the completion of the mergers, and was Chairman of National Mercantile from June 1997 until the completion of the mergers, and was Chairman of Mercantile National Bank from June 1997 to December 1998. Mr. Gipson is President of Alpha Analytics Investment Group, LLC, a registered investment advisor, and has served in that capacity since its organization in 1998. Mr. Gipson is Of Counsel to the law firm of Gipson Hoffman & Pancione and has been a lawyer with that firm since 1982. Mr. Gipson is also President of Corporate Management Group, Inc., a financial management company, since 1988. Mr. Gipson currently serves as Chairman of the Board for First California.

 

We believe Mr. Gipson’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive knowledge of the Company and his experience serving on the board of directors of National Mercantile prior to the Mergers as well as his extensive experience in the financial services industry. In addition, Mr. Gipson’s background as a lawyer provides a unique perspective to the Board.

Antoinette T. Hubenette, M.D.

Director since 2006

Age 61

  

Dr. Hubenette served as a director of National Mercantile from 1998 until the completion of the mergers. Dr. Hubenette was President and a director of Cedars-Sinai Medical Group, Beverly Hills, California (formerly Medical Group of Beverly Hills), a physicians’ medical practice group, from 1994 to 2000. She has been a practicing physician since 1982. She continues in part-time practice of general internal medicine. Dr. Hubenette has served as a director of The Ensign Group, a long-term medical care company, since 2004.

 

We believe Dr. Hubenette’s qualifications to serve on our Board include her extensive knowledge of the Company and her experience serving on the board of directors of National Mercantile prior to the Merger, as well as her experience serving on the boards and committees of other companies and the experience she acquired through her leadership roles at Cedars-Sinai Medical Group, Beverly Hills.

 

109


Table of Contents

C. G. Kum

Director since 2007

Age 55

  

C. G. Kum began his banking career in 1977 as a corporate banking trainee with the Bank of California in San Francisco, California. Over the years, he has held management positions in corporate lending, special assets and credit administration with banks in Colorado and California.

 

Mr. Kum was appointed to his current position as the President and the Chief Executive Officer of First California Bank (formerly known as Camarillo Community Bank) on September 1, 1999. Under his leadership, the Bank has grown from two branches and $100 million in total assets to 17 branches and $1.5 billion in total assets. He is a graduate of University of California at Berkeley and received his Masters Degree in Business Administration from Pepperdine University. Mr. Kum also is a graduate of Stonier Graduate School of Banking. He is a past president of the board of directors of Community Bankers of California. Mr. Kum currently serves on the government relations council for American Bankers Association and is a board member of Ventura County Council, Boy Scouts of America.

 

We believe Mr. Kum’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his more than 30 years of experience in the banking industry. In addition, his day to day leadership, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, provide him with intimate knowledge of our operations and the markets we conduct business in.

Syble R. Roberts

Director since 2007

Age 73

  

Ms. Roberts was a director of FCB (formerly known as Camarillo Community Bank) from 1989, until the completion of the mergers, and served as chairman of the personnel committee. Ms. Roberts was also a Founding Director of City Commerce Bank, Santa Barbara, opened in 1978 and now owned by Rabobank, N.A. Ms. Roberts’ background is in the legal, title insurance and escrow, and real estate investment fields. Ms. Roberts became a specialist in the escrow field of multiple tax-deferred exchanges and long order leasehold estates and was involved in the start-ups of a title insurance company and several escrow and mortgage banking companies.

 

We believe Ms. Robert’s qualifications to serve on our Board include her extensive knowledge of the Company and her experience serving on the board of directors of FCB, as well as her knowledge and background in the legal, title insurance and escrow, and real estate investment field. Her experience in the escrow field and real estate investments fields are of great value to the Board given that business loans, represented by commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and construction loans, comprise the largest portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio.

 

110


Table of Contents

Sung Won Sohn, Ph.D.

Director since 2009

Age 65

  

Effective November 2, 2009, Sung Won Sohn, Ph.D., joined the Board of Directors of First California and its operating subsidiary, First California Bank. Previously, Dr. Sohn was President and Chief Executive Officer of Hanmi Financial Corporation from 2005 through 2007. Dr. Sohn also served as a director of Hanmi Financial Corporation and Hanmi Bank. He joined Norwest Bank Minneapolis in 1974 and held various positions of increasing responsibility focusing on macro-economic forecasting, monetary policy, asset-liability management and regulatory matters in relation to financial institutions. Dr. Sohn was later named senior vice president at the parent company, Norwest Corporation. After the acquisition of Wells Fargo by Norwest Corporation, Dr. Sohn was appointed Chief Economic Officer of the combined entity now known as Wells Fargo Banks. Dr. Sohn is currently the Martin V. Smith Professor at California State University, Channel Islands. He also serves as Vice Chairman of the board at Forever 21, a leading, multi-national apparel retailer, and sits on the board of directors for Claremont Graduate University and the Music Center in Los Angeles.

 

We believe Dr. Sohn’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his extensive financial and economic forecasting knowledge and experience, his experience serving on boards and committees of other companies, his experience at other financial services companies and the unique perspective he brings to various issues considered by the Board as a result of his academic background and accomplishments.

Thomas Tignino

Director since 2007

Age 62

  

Mr. Tignino served as a director of FCB from January 2006 until the completion of the mergers. Mr. Tignino is the founder and managing partner of Tignino & Lutz LLP, a multi-service accountancy firm established in 1980. His firm specializes in audit, tax planning and compliance, estate planning and investment review. He also served as a director of Los Robles Bank from 1988 to 2001. Mr. Tignino is a CPA, MBA and is a member of the AICPA tax division.

 

We believe Mr. Tignino’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his knowledge of the Company and his extensive experience with financial accounting matters as a practicing Certified Public Accountant. In addition, Mr. Tignino serves as the “audit committee financial expert” of the Audit Committee of the Board, as that term is defined in SEC Regulation S-K.

Executive Officers

The table below sets forth our current executive officers, their ages as of December 31, 2009, and their positions.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

C. G. Kum

   55    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
and the Bank

Romolo Santarosa

   53    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Bank

Cheryl Knight

   56    Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of the Bank

Donald Macaulay

   60    Executive Vice President and Manager of the Business Banking Division of the Bank

Edmond Sahakian

   46    Executive Vice President and Manager of the Retail Banking Division
of the Bank

William A. Schack

   47    Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank

As used throughout this Annual Report, the term “executive officer” means our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Vice President and Manager of the Retail Banking Division, our Senior Vice

 

111


Table of Contents

President and Chief Credit Officer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, our Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer, and our Executive Vice President, Manager of the Business Banking Division. Our Chairman of the Board, Corporate Secretary and other Vice Presidents are not executive officers.

Biographical Information Regarding Our Executive Officers

C. G. Kum, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Kum began his banking career in 1977 as a corporate banking trainee with Bank of California in San Francisco, California. He served as Regional Vice President and Manager of Asset Quality Administration for United Banks of Colorado from 1984 until 1987. Mr. Kum then served as Vice President and Division Manager of Special Projects Division for Colorado National Bank from 1987 until 1993. Mr. Kum moved to California in 1993 and served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of City Commerce Bank from 1993 until 1999.

Mr. Kum was appointed to his position as the President and the Chief Executive Officer of First California Bank (formerly known as Camarillo Community Bank) on September 1, 1999. Under his leadership, the Bank grew from total assets of $100 million and two branches in 1999, to total combined assets of $1.5 billion and 17 branches of First California as of December 31, 2009. He is a graduate of the University of California at Berkeley and received his Masters Degree in Business Administration from Pepperdine University. Mr. Kum also is a graduate of Stonier Graduate School of Banking. He was President of the Board of Directors of Community Bankers of California, an association of California community bank presidents, for the fiscal year 2005-06.

Romolo Santarosa, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Santarosa began his banking career in 1991 with Shawmut National Corporation in Hartford, Connecticut as its Controller. In 1995, Mr. Santarosa moved to Los Angeles and joined Sanwa Bank California, serving as Controller until 1997. He then served as Chief Financial Officer of Southern Pacific Bank from 1997 until 2000, of Eldorado Bancshares, Inc. from 2000 to 2001, and of Treasury Bank, N.A. from 2001 to 2002.

Mr. Santarosa joined First California Bank in November 2002 as a member of Executive Management responsible for finance, accounting, investor relations, technology and bank operations. Mr. Santarosa has been an integral part of the Bank’s growth and success in the past eight years.

A native of western New York, Mr. Santarosa graduated from Ithaca College in 1978 and joined the Buffalo office of Price Waterhouse to begin his career in public accounting with a focus in banking, insurance and venture capital clients. He subsequently transferred to the Hartford office of Price Waterhouse in 1985. Mr. Santarosa is a certified public accountant in New York and Connecticut. In addition, he is a member of the American Institute of CPA’s, the California State Society of CPA’s, a former chairman of the Finance and Accounting Commission of the Bank Administration Institute and a Director of Data Center, Inc., a full-service bank technology company.

Cheryl Knight, Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Ms. Knight began her banking career in 1972 at Union Bank in construction loan administration. Ms. Knight worked for several small- to mid-sized financial institutions until 1996 when she joined Deloitte & Touche LLP in Los Angeles as Managing Consultant in their Financial Institutions Advisory Group. During her time at Deloitte, she assisted various financial institutions in complying with regulatory agreements, enhancing the credit process, and consulting on risk management programs. In 1998, Ms. Knight joined Montecito Bank & Trust as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, and was promoted to Executive Vice President and appointed Chief Risk Officer in 2005. Ms. Knight left Montecito Bank & Trust to join First California Bank in March 2007 as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer to implement an enterprise-wide risk management program and direct compliance activities.

Ms. Knight has also served on the Board of Directors of California Community Reinvestment Group since 2005 and is currently Vice Chair and a member of its Executive Committee. California Community

 

112


Table of Contents

Reinvestment Group is not affiliated with First California Bank. Their mission is consistent with the Community Reinvestment Act in creating affordable housing throughout California through innovative financing and investment programs.

Donald W. Macaulay, Executive Vice President and Manager of the Business Banking Division. Mr. Macaulay began his banking career in 1976 at Cape Cod Bank and Trust in Massachusetts, where he assumed positions of increasing responsibilities, including regional loan manager, overseeing ten loan offices. He was also an area president managing the west coast region of Florida for SouthTrust Bank, which was acquired by Wachovia Corporation. Mr. Macaulay also served as an area president at First Community Bancshares, responsible for the Virginia and North Carolina markets. Most recently, from 2003 through 2005, he held management positions with Union Bank of California and from 2005 until joining First California Bank, he served as senior vice president/business banking manager at Community West Bank, both in the Southern California area. Mr. Macaulay joined First California Bank in January 2009 as Executive Vice President and Manager of the Business Banking Division.

Mr. Macaulay received his bachelor’s degree in business administration from Bryant University in Rhode Island and is a graduate of Williams College School of Banking.

Edmond Sahakian, Executive Vice President and Manager of the Retail Banking Division. Mr. Sahakian began his banking career with Home Savings of America in 1986 where he progressed to the position of Vice President Retail Banking Manager until 1997. Mr. Sahakian held management positions with California Federal Bank and Countrywide Home Loans from 1997 to 2001. In 2001, Mr. Sahakian rejoined California Federal Bank and served as a Vice President during their subsequent acquisition in 2002 by Citibank. Mr. Sahakian led the successful integration efforts for the Central Coast Region for Citibank. In 2004, Mr. Sahakian joined First California Bank as Senior Vice President, Manager of the Retail Banking Division.

Mr. Sahakian received his bachelor’s degree from California State University, Northridge and recently graduated from Pacific Coast Banking School at the University of Washington.

William Schack, Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. Mr. Schack began his banking career in 1984 as an internal auditor for Crocker National Bank, followed by several years as a senior examiner for the Office of Thrift Supervision. Mr. Schack held various other management positions at First Los Angeles Bank and at Western Federal Savings Bank with responsibilities in special assets and credit administration. Mr. Schack joined First Bank of Beverly Hills in 1997 as senior vice president and chief credit officer and was subsequently promoted to chief operating officer and chief financial officer. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Schack served as managing director and deputy chief credit officer of Imperial Capital Bank. In 2005, Mr. Schack joined First California Bank as Senior Vice President of Credit Administration.

Mr. Schack received his bachelor’s degree from the University of California, Los Angeles, and his MBA from the University of Southern California.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company’s equity securities, to file reports of ownership of, and transactions in, the Company’s equity securities with the SEC. Such directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders are also required to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports that they file. Based solely on a review of the copies of such reports received by the Company, the Company believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders were complied with and filed in a timely manner during 2009.

Code of Ethics

The information required by this Item 10 concerning our code of ethics is set forth under the caption “Available Information” in Item 1 to this Annual Report and is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference.

 

113


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors was formed on March 12, 2007 upon completion of the mergers. The Audit Committee’s current charter was approved by the Board of Directors on January 28, 2009. The Audit Committee charter is available on our website at www.fcalgroup.com. The Audit Committee consists of directors Birchfield (Chair), Cohen, Gipson, Roberts and Tignino. The Board of Directors has determined that all of the members of the Audit Committee are “independent” in accordance with applicable Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and SEC rules. The Board of Directors has also determined that Thomas Tignino is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in SEC Regulation S-K.

First California’s Audit Committee is responsible for providing assistance to the Board of Directors in fulfilling its legal and fiduciary obligations with respect to matters involving the accounting, auditing, financial reporting, internal control and legal compliance function, as well as those of First California’s subsidiaries.

Material Changes to the Procedures by which Security Holders May Recommend Nominees to the Board of Directors

First California’s by-laws state that nominations for the election of individuals to the Board of Directors may be made by the Board of Directors or by any holder of our voting stock, as described in our Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2009. There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of Directors since that disclosure.

 

114


Table of Contents
Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table contains summary compensation information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 with respect to (i) C. G. Kum, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and (ii) Romolo Santarosa and Edmond Sahakian, our two other most highly compensated executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2009. Such executive officers are referred to in this item as the named executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)(1)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total ($)

C. G. Kum,

President and Chief Executive Officer

  2009
2008
  $

$

432,266

410,938

  —  
—  
  $
 
68,059
—  
  $

$

68,450

66,591

  $

$

—  

160,000

  —  
—  
  $

$

98,718

93,564

  $

$

667,493

731,093

Romolo Santarosa,

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  2009
2008
  $

$

246,391

234,703

  —  
—  
  $
 
27,041
—  
  $

$

27,039

29,595

  $

$

—  

56,800

  —  
—  
  $

$

51,672

53,982

  $

$

352,143

375,080

Edmond Sahakian,

Executive Vice President and Manager of the Retail Banking Division

  2009
2008
  $

$

193,292

178,333

  —  
—  
  $
 
20,706
—  
  $

$

20,701

29,595

  $

$

—  

40,000

  —  
—  
  $

$

19,564

13,437

  $

$

254,263

261,365

 

(1) Amounts shown in this column were granted in the year noted but earned in respect of the preceding year. The amounts shown in this column represent the fair value of stock and option awards issued during the year(s) shown. The assumptions made in calculating these values are disclosed in Note 16 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report.
(2) Amounts shown in this column were earned in the year noted and awarded under the Company’s annual incentive plans but paid in the following year. For Mr. Kum, the non-equity incentive plan awards were determined as a percentage of the Company’s net profit. For Mr. Santarosa and Mr. Sahakian, the non-equity incentive plan awards were determined as a percentage of base salary. See “—Description of Non-equity Incentive Plan” below.
(3) This column represents the interest earnings and distributions for the fiscal year on compensation that is deferred on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
(4) The amounts reflect for each named executive officer (1) matching contributions made by the Company pursuant to its 401(k) Plan, (2) the economic benefit reported as income to each named executive officer attributable to the split-dollar life insurance policies owned by the Company with respect to such named executive officer, (3) premiums associated with group term life insurance and health insurance policies, and (4) the incremental cost of perquisites including the value of the monthly amounts paid to the named executive officers for the use of personally owned automobiles and cellular phones and the amounts paid by the Company on behalf of each named executive officer with respect to club memberships and overnight lodging. This column also includes the total annual change in the accrued liability balance established with respect to the benefit obligation associated with the post-retirement salary continuation agreement of each named executive officer. For 2009, these amounts were: C. G. Kum, $58,805; and Romolo Santarosa, $26,352. For 2008, these amounts were: C. G. Kum, $50,936; and Romolo Santarosa, $23,198. See “Employment Agreements and Other Factors Affecting 2009 Compensation” below for more information on the salary continuation agreements.

 

115


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Other Factors Affecting 2009 Compensation

Modification of Compensation Arrangements as a Result of CPP

In connection with the Company’s participation in CPP, the Company’s named executive officers have entered into written agreements with the Company pursuant to which they have agreed to certain modifications to compensation, bonus, incentive and other benefit plans, arrangements and agreements, including severance and employment agreements (“Benefit Plans”). The modification to the Benefit Plans are intended to comply with the requirements for executive compensation set forth in the EESA pursuant to which CPP was authorized. These agreements modify Benefit Plans in the following ways: (1) the payment of golden parachutes to the named executive officers is prohibited; (2) any bonus and incentive compensation paid to a named executive officer is subject to recovery or “clawback” by the Company if the payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria; and (3) compensation incentives for named executive officers to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the Company are prohibited.

In addition, EESA, as subsequently amended by ARRA in February 2009, imposes additional limitations on executive compensation which will apply for so long as any obligation arising from the Company’s participation in CPP remains outstanding. The following are some key features of the new executive compensation restrictions in ARRA and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder:

 

   

ARRA prohibits bonus and similar payments to top employees. ARRA prohibits the payment or any accrual of any “bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation” to the Company’s “most highly-compensated employee” for so long as any obligation arising from the Company’s participation in CPP remains outstanding. The prohibition does not apply to certain long term restricted stock grants or bonuses payable pursuant to “employment agreements” in effect prior to February 11, 2009. The “most highly-compensated employee” is identified in accordance with the SEC proxy disclosure rules.

 

   

Limited amount of restricted stock excluded from bonus prohibition. “Long-term” restricted stock is excluded from ARRA’s bonus prohibition, but only to the extent the value of the stock does not exceed one-third of the total amount of annual compensation of the employee receiving the stock, the stock does not “fully vest” until after all CPP-related obligations have been satisfied, and any other conditions which the U.S. Treasury may specify have been met.

 

   

Shareholder “say-on-pay” vote required. ARRA requires every company receiving CPP assistance to permit a non-binding shareholder vote to approve the compensation of executives as disclosed in the Company’s Proxy Statement. ARRA directs the SEC to adopt regulations within 1 year to implement say-on-pay. The Company has included a say-on-pay proposal as Proposal 2 in its Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2009.

 

   

Stricter restrictions on “golden parachute” payments. EESA generally limited “golden parachute” payments to senior executives to three times the executives’ base compensation. ARRA generally prohibits any acceleration of vesting or payment to a senior executive officer or any of the next five most highly-compensated employees upon termination of employment for any reason or due to a change in control for as long as any CPP-related obligations remain outstanding.

 

   

Broader bonus clawback requirements. EESA required CPP-participating companies to recover any bonus or other incentive payment paid to a senior executive officer on the basis of materially inaccurate financial or other performance criteria. ARRA extends this recovery requirement to the next 20 most highly-compensated employees in addition to the senior executive officers.

 

   

Prohibition on compensation plans that “encourage” earnings manipulation. ARRA prohibits CPP participants from implementing any compensation plan that would encourage manipulation of the reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any of its employees.

 

116


Table of Contents
   

Board compensation committee required. ARRA requires CPP participants to establish a board compensation committee and requires the committee to meet at least semiannually to discuss and evaluate employee compensation plans in light of an assessment of any risk to us posed by such plans.

 

   

New reporting and certification requirements. ARRA requires the CEO and CFO of any publicly-traded CPP-participating company to provide a written certification of compliance with the executive compensation restrictions in ARRA in the Company’s annual filings with the SEC (i.e. in its Annual Report on Form 10-K or Proxy Statement).

 

   

Policy on luxury expenditures. ARRA requires each CPP-participating company to implement a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures, including excessive expenditures on entertainment or events, office and facility renovations, aviation or other transportation services.

 

   

Treasury review of prior payments. ARRA directs the U.S. Treasury to review bonuses, retention awards and other compensation paid to the senior executive officers and the next 20 most highly-compensated employees of each company receiving CPP assistance before ARRA was enacted, and to “seek to negotiate” with the CPP recipient and affected employees for reimbursement if it finds any such payments were inconsistent with CPP or otherwise in conflict with the public interest.

In addition to the above requirements, ARRA adopts and continues two requirements from EESA essentially unchanged:

 

   

$500,000 annual deduction limit. Like EESA, ARRA prohibits CPP participants from deducting annual compensation paid to senior executive officers in excess of $500,000.

 

   

No excessive risks. Like EESA, ARRA requires the U.S. Treasury to implement limits on compensation that exclude incentives for senior executive officers of a CPP-participating company to take unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the company for as long as any CPP-related obligation remains outstanding. ARRA requires semi-annual compensation committee review and certification of the risk characteristics of a company’s incentive compensation arrangements.

The Company has already implemented the requirements of EESA and ARRA.

Employment Arrangements with C. G. Kum

The following is a description of all written employment arrangements between the Company and C. G. Kum. All such written agreements entered into prior to June 2006 were assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers.

Salary Continuation Agreement with C. G. Kum. In March 2003, First California Bank entered into a salary continuation agreement with Mr. Kum, which was subsequently amended in December 2008. Upon retirement at or after age 65 for reasons other than death, the agreement provides for a maximum annual benefit of $160,471 paid in equal monthly installments, which will be paid over the lesser of 17 years or such shorter period of time based upon the number of years that Mr. Kum is employed by the Bank prior to normal retirement. If Mr. Kum leaves the Bank’s employ by virtue of early voluntary retirement (prior to attaining age 65) or is terminated “for cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will not be eligible for a benefit under the agreement. In the event Mr. Kum leaves the Company’s employ by virtue of death (either prior or subsequent to retirement), involuntary termination (without cause), disability or, under certain circumstances, a change in control, he will receive partial benefits under the agreement. The amount to be paid under the agreement to Mr. Kum in the event of early involuntary termination is determined based on the year in which termination occurs, and is to be paid in one lump sum by the Company within 30 days following the termination of employment. Upon Mr. Kum’s termination of employment due to disability, Mr. Kum will receive a specified amount determined based on the

 

117


Table of Contents

year in which the disability occurs, which is to be paid as an annual benefit for a period of 17 years. Upon a change in control, followed within 12 months by Mr. Kum’s termination of employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, Mr. Kum will receive a lump sum amount of $1,488,723 within 30 days following the termination of employment.

The salary continuation agreement is an unfunded arrangement, which means that Mr. Kum has no rights under the agreement beyond those of a general creditor of the Company, and there are no specific assets set aside by the Company in connection with the establishment of the agreement. The salary continuation agreement is not an employment contract. While receiving benefits under the agreement, Mr. Kum may not serve as an employee, officer or director of, or serve as a consultant or advisor to, any financial institution that has its headquarters or any branch office within the County of Ventura or the County of Santa Barbara, California.

Split Dollar Agreement with C. G. Kum. First California Bank also entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with Mr. Kum in March 2003, which was subsequently amended in December 2008 and again in December 2009. In connection with that agreement, First California Bank acquired life insurance policies with respect to Mr. Kum. Pursuant to the terms of that agreement, the Company owns the insurance policies, is entitled to the cash value of the policies and is responsible for paying the associated premiums. Upon Mr. Kum’s death while employed by the Company, or after termination of employment by reason of retirement at age 65 or subsequent to a change-in-control, a beneficiary designated by Mr. Kum is entitled to receive a minimum of $1.5 million and a maximum of $2.0 million of the total proceeds, with the Company entitled to the balance. The Bank paid an aggregate premium in 2002 amounting to $1.4 million for these policies. At December 31, 2009, the cash surrender value of the policies was $1.8 million and the total death benefit was $4.1 million.

Employment Agreement with C. G. Kum. Concurrently with execution of the Merger Agreement on June 15, 2006, First California and Mr. Kum entered into an employment agreement that provides that Mr. Kum would serve First California as Chief Executive Officer commencing with the closing of the Mergers. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Kum receives an annual base salary of $375,000 (subject to review and increase commencing in 2008) and a bonus based on First California’s net earnings, with the total bonus not to exceed 150% of the base salary. Additionally, Mr. Kum was granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of First California Common Stock on Mr. Kum’s start date with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Either First California or Mr. Kum may terminate his employment at any time with or without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement). If First California terminates his employment without cause, Mr. Kum will be entitled to 18 months of health insurance coverage and severance, as follows: the severance will be 50% of his then current salary if at least 70% of the Board members vote for such termination; if less than 70% of the Board members vote for such termination, the severance will be 150% of his then current salary plus 150% of the average of his bonuses for the two preceding years. If within 18 months following a change in control, Mr. Kum’s employment is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Kum will receive the greater of two times his then current salary or 2.99 times his average salary and bonus over the prior five years, provided that in no event can the payment exceed the golden parachute limitation under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

Employment Arrangements for Romolo Santarosa

The following is a description of all written employment arrangements between the Company and Romolo Santarosa. All such written agreements entered into prior to June 2006 were assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers.

Salary Continuation Agreement with Romolo Santarosa. In May 2006, First California Bank entered into a salary continuation agreement with Mr. Santarosa, which was subsequently amended in December 2008. Upon retirement at or after age 65 for reasons other than death, the agreement provides for an annual benefit of $85,000, which will be paid over the lesser of 15 years or such shorter period of time based upon the number of years that Mr. Santarosa is employed by the Bank prior to normal retirement. If Mr. Santarosa leaves the

 

118


Table of Contents

Company’s employ by virtue of early voluntary retirement (prior to attaining age 65) or is terminated “for cause” (as defined in the agreement), he will not be eligible for a benefit under the agreement. In the event Mr. Santarosa leaves the Company’s employ by virtue of death (either prior or subsequent to retirement), involuntary termination (without cause), disability or, under certain circumstances, a change in control, he will receive partial benefits under the agreement. The amount to be paid under the agreement to Mr. Santarosa in the event of early involuntary termination is determined based on the year in which termination occurs, and is to be paid in one lump sum by the Company within 30 days following the termination of employment. Upon Mr. Santarosa’s termination of employment due to disability, Mr. Santarosa will receive a specified amount determined based on the year in which the disability occurs, which is to be paid as an annual benefit for a period of 15 years. Upon a change in control, followed within 12 months by Mr. Santarosa’s termination of employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, Mr. Santarosa will receive a lump sum amount of $792,660 within 30 days following the termination of employment.

The salary continuation agreement is an unfunded arrangement, which means that Mr. Santarosa has no rights under the agreement beyond those of a general creditor of the Company, and there are no specified assets set aside by the Company in connection with the establishment of the agreement. The salary continuation agreement is not an employment contract. While receiving benefits under the agreement, Mr. Santarosa may not serve as an employee, officer or director of, or serve as a consultant or advisor to, any financial institution that has its headquarters or any branch office within the County of Ventura or the County of Santa Barbara, California.

Split Dollar Agreement with Romolo Santarosa. First California Bank also entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with Mr. Santarosa in July 2003 and May 2006, which was subsequently amended in December 2008. In connection with these agreements, First California Bank acquired life insurance policies with respect to Mr. Santarosa. Pursuant to the terms of those agreements, the Company owns the insurance policies, is entitled to the cash value of the policies and is responsible for paying the associated premiums. Pursuant to the terms of one of the split-dollar life insurance agreements, upon Mr. Santarosa’s death while employed by the Company, or after termination of employment by reason of retirement at age 65 or subsequent to a change-in-control, a beneficiary designated by Mr. Santarosa is entitled to receive $850,000 of the total proceeds, with the Company entitled to the balance. Under the other split-dollar life insurance agreement, a beneficiary designated by Mr. Santarosa will receive $400,000 upon Mr. Santarosa’s death while employed by the Company, with a reduced death benefit upon termination of Mr. Santarosa’s employment with the Company by any reason other than disability. The Bank paid aggregate premiums in 2002 and 2006 amounting to $673,000 for these policies. At December 31, 2009, the cash surrender value of the policies was $816,000 and the total death benefit was $2.2 million.

Change of Control Agreement with Romolo Santarosa. The Company also entered into a change in control agreement with Mr. Santarosa in December 2009. The principal terms of the change in control agreement include the payment of two times Mr. Santarosa’s average annual compensation, including base salary and bonus, over the prior three years in the event he is terminated without cause or he terminates his employment for good reason within the twelve-month period following a change in control of the Company. The amount of the change in control payments is subject to reduction to the extent such amount is subject to excise taxes pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. In addition, these change in control benefits are subject to the limitations imposed upon the Company under Section 111(b) of EESA, as amended by ARRA. EESA prohibits the payment of any golden parachute benefits to the Company’s senior executive officers and its next five most-highly compensated employees for so long as any obligation owed to the Treasury that arises from any financial assistance to the Company from Treasury under TARP remains outstanding. On December 19, 2008, the Company sold to Treasury 25,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share par value $0.01 per share, and a ten-year warrant to purchase initially up to 599,042 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price of $6.26 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25 million in cash.

 

119


Table of Contents

Employment Arrangements for Edmond Sahakian

The following is a description of all written employment arrangements between the Company and Edmond Sahakian.

Split Dollar Agreement with Edmond Sahakian. First California Bank entered into a split-dollar life insurance agreement with Mr. Sahakian in May 2006, which was subsequently amended in December 2008. In connection with this agreement, First California Bank acquired life insurance policies with respect to Mr. Sahakian. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company owns the insurance policies, is entitled to the cash value of the policies and is responsible for paying the associated premiums. Pursuant to the terms of the split-dollar life insurance agreement, a beneficiary designated by Mr. Sahakian will receive $100,000 upon Mr. Sahakian’s death while employed by the Company, with a reduced death benefit upon termination of Mr. Sahakian’s employment with the Company by any reason other than disability. The Bank paid aggregate premiums in 2006 amounting to $174,000 for these policies. At December 31, 2009, the cash surrender value of the policies was $204,000 and the total death benefit was $584,000.

Change of Control Agreement with Edmond Sahakian. The Company entered into a change in control agreement with Mr. Sahakian in December 2009. The principal terms of the change in control agreement include the payment of 1.5 times Mr. Sahakian’s average annual compensation, including base salary and bonus, over the prior three years in the event she is terminated without cause or she terminates her employment for good reason within the twelve-month period following a change in control of the Company. The amount of the change in control payments is subject to reduction to the extent such amount is subject to excise taxes pursuant to Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. In addition, these change in control benefits are subject to the limitations imposed upon the Company under Section 111(b) of EESA, as amended by ARRA. EESA prohibits the payment of any golden parachute benefits to the Company’s senior executive officers and its next five most-highly compensated employees for so long as any obligation owed to the Treasury that arises from any financial assistance to the Company from Treasury under TARP remains outstanding. On December 19, 2008, the Company sold to Treasury 25,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share par value $0.01 per share, and a ten-year warrant to purchase initially up to 599,042 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price of $6.26 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25 million in cash.

Holdings of Previously Awarded Equity

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

Prior to the Mergers, National Mercantile had three outstanding equity incentive plans: the National Mercantile Bancorp 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1994 Stock Option Plan. Prior to the Mergers, FCB Bancorp had the FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan. Equity awards held immediately prior to the completion of the Mergers by Mr. Kum and Mr. Santarosa were issued under the FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan. The plans are described below. All outstanding equity incentive plans were assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers. At the effective time of the Mergers, each outstanding option to purchase shares of National Mercantile, vested or unvested, was converted into an option to acquire an equal number of shares of First California Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to the exercise price per share of such National Mercantile option, and each outstanding option to purchase shares of FCB Bancorp, vested or unvested, was converted into an option to acquire a number of shares of First California Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of FCB Bancorp common stock subject to the FCB Bancorp option plan immediately prior to the effective time of the Mergers and (ii) the exchange ratio of 1.7904 at an exercise price per share adjusted by the exchange ratio. At December 31, 2009, the only outstanding awards under these plans consisted of both stock options and restricted stock. At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to these plans was 828,412 shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under these plans was 476,630 shares.

 

120


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the outstanding equity awards consisting solely of stock options to purchase shares of First California held by each of the named executive officers as of December 31, 2009.

2009 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
   Expiration
Date

C. G. Kum

   4,500

0

5,968

16,114

17,904

11,936
0

   18,000

100,000

11,936

0

0

5,968

36,990

(7) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

  

(5) 

(4) 

  $

$

$

$

$

$
$

6.75

9.00

11.73

11.32

6.29

11.73
4.93

   6/18/2016

3/12/2015

3/1/2014

4/23/2012

6/19/2011

4/14/2011
2/25/2017

Romolo Santarosa

   2,000

8,000

2,984

8,057

1,791

5,968
0

   8,000

12,000

5,968

0

0

2,984

14,695

(7) 

(6) 

(2) 

(3) 

  

(5) 

(4) 

  $

$

$

$

$

$
$

6.75

9.00

11.73

11.32

6.29

11.73
4.93

   6/18/2016

6/6/2015

3/1/2014

4/23/2012

6/19/2011

4/14/2011
2/25/2017

Edmond Sahakian

   778

2,000
0

   1,550

8,000

11,250

(2) 

(7) 

(4) 

  $

$
$

11.73

6.75
4.93

   3/01/2014

6/18/2016
2/25/2017

 

(1) Stock option vests in three equal annual installments beginning on March 12, 2010. This stock option was repriced on June 18, 2008 from an exercise price of $13.10 per share to $9.00 per share; all other terms of the stock option remained the same. The closing price of the Common Stock on June 18, 2008 was $7.90 per share.
(2) Stock option vests in three equal annual installments beginning on March 1, 2009.
(3) Stock option vested on April 23, 2009.
(4) Stock option vests in three equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(5) Stock option vests in three equal annual installments beginning on April 14, 2008.
(6) Stock option vests in five equal annual installments beginning on June 6, 2008. This stock option was repriced on June 18, 2008 from an exercise price of $12.27 per share to $9.00 per share; all other terms of the stock option remained the same. The closing price of the Common Stock on June 18, 2008 was $7.90 per share.
(7) Stock option vests in five equal annual installments beginning on June 18, 2009.

Description of Stock Incentive Plans

The following is a description of First California’s stock incentive plans for which stock options and restricted stock granted under such plans were outstanding at December 31, 2009. All awards that have been issued during 2009 have been issued pursuant to the First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan.

First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

In June 2007, the Board of Directors and the Company’s stockholders approved the First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, or First California Plan. The First California Plan authorizes the issuance of

 

121


Table of Contents

awards for up to 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the form of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. The First California Plan is administered and interpreted by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee selects the officers and other employees to receive awards, determines the types of awards and number of shares to be awarded to them and sets the terms, conditions and provisions of the awards consistent with the terms of the First California Plan. The Compensation Committee may establish rules for the administration of the First California Plan. All actions, interpretations and determinations made by the Compensation Committee shall be final and conclusive and binding.

At December 31, 2009, outstanding awards under the First California Plan consisted of both stock options and restricted stock. Restricted stock granted to non-employee directors vests over three years in three equal annual installments. Restricted stock granted to employees generally vests over five years in five equal annual installments. Stock options granted to Key Persons (as defined in the First California Plan) may be either incentive stock options, or ISOs, under the provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, or options that are not subject to the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, or Nonqualified Options. Options entitle the recipient to purchase shares of Common Stock at the exercise price specified in the award agreement. The Compensation Committee at its discretion determines the number of option shares, the term of the option, the exercise price, vesting schedule and any other terms and conditions. The exercise price per share of Common Stock covered by an option will not be less than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the periods during which the options will be exercisable. However, no ISO will be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant. The Compensation Committee may impose restrictions, as it deems advisable on the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option, including but not limited to requiring the recipient to hold the shares acquired pursuant to the exercise for a specified period of time.

The Board or the Compensation Committee may amend or terminate the First California Plan, provided that no amendment that requires stockholder approval under Delaware law, the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., or in order for the First California Plan to continue to comply with Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Section 162(m) of the Code shall be effective unless it is approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. No amendment shall adversely affect any of the rights of any holder of any award without the holder’s consent. Absent such early termination by the Board or the Compensation Committee, the First California Plan will terminate in 2017.

At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to the First California Plan was 337,665 shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under the First California Plan was 476,630 shares. At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issued as restricted stock awards granted under these plans and not yet vested was 174,794.

First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp 2005 Stock Incentive Plan)

The National Mercantile Bancorp 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the NMB Plan, was assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers and renamed the First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan. Each outstanding option to purchase shares of National Mercantile common stock was converted into an equal number of options to acquire a number of shares of First California Common Stock.

At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to the NMB Plan was 189,728 shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under the NMB Plan was zero shares. The NMB Plan will terminate on March 24, 2015, except as to awards then outstanding, which awards will remain in effect until they have been exercised, the restrictions have lapsed or the awards have expired or been forfeited. The Company does not intend to issue any additional awards pursuant to this plan.

 

122


Table of Contents

First California Financial Group, Inc. Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan)

The National Mercantile Bancorp Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 1996 Plan, as amended on June 6, 2002 and which terminated in April 2005, was assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers and renamed the First California Financial Group, Inc. Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan. The 1996 Plan provided for the grant of either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options covering up to an aggregate of 835,638 shares of National Mercantile common stock. Each outstanding option to purchase shares of National Mercantile common stock was converted into an equal number of options to acquire a number of shares of First California Common Stock.

At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to the 1996 Plan was 87,752 shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under the 1996 Plan was zero shares.

First California Financial Group, Inc. FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan)

The FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan, or the FCB Bancorp Plan, was assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers and renamed the First California Financial Group, Inc. FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan. At the effective time of the Mergers, each outstanding option to purchase shares of FCB Bancorp common stock, vested or unvested, was converted into an option to acquire a number of shares of First California Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of FCB Bancorp common stock subject to the FCB Bancorp Plan immediately prior to the effective time and (ii) the exchange ratio of 1.7904 at an exercise price per share adjusted by the exchange ratio.

At December 31, 2009, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to the FCB Bancorp Plan was 213,267 shares, and the number of shares of Common Stock remaining available for future issuance under the FCB Bancorp Plan was zero shares. The FCB Bancorp Plan will terminate on May 19, 2015. The Company does not intend to issue any additional awards pursuant to this plan.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

National Mercantile Deferred Compensation Plan

Prior to the Mergers, National Mercantile’s Deferred Compensation Plan sought to provide specified benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contributed materially to the growth, development and future business of the company. The plan allowed eligible participants to select a certain amount of their annual compensation to be set aside in an interest-bearing account at an annual rate equal to prime plus 150 basis points with a maximum rate of 9% and a minimum rate of 5%. Upon the participant’s termination of employment and subject to a six month delay in distributions under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, National Mercantile would pay the participant the sum of all amounts and interest accrued in monthly installments for up to five years or in one lump sum payment, to be selected by the participant. If, however, the participant was terminated for cause, all interest accrued would be eliminated and the participant would receive only the amount of compensation deferred. We suspended participation and contributions to this plan in 2007. In June 2009, this plan was terminated and participant’s account balances as of June 2010 will be distributed to the plan participants.

Description of Non-equity Incentive Plan

The Company awards annual cash incentive bonuses to certain of its employees, including the named executive officers, under the Company’s incentive compensation program. In paying annual cash bonuses, the Company seeks to align the compensation of the named executive officers and other employees with

 

123


Table of Contents

performance. Accordingly, the payment of the annual cash bonus depends on the achievement of the Company’s net profit target, as approved by the Board of Directors for a given year. The Board of Directors sets the net profit target after taking into account, among other things, expected growth in loans, deposits and total assets. Under the incentive compensation program, an employee in good standing is eligible to receive a bonus calculated as a percentage of salary and as a percentage of net profit for the chief executive officer. A threshold cash bonus amount occurs when the Company achieves 85% of the net profit goal with an upper limit of 115%. The threshold cash bonus amount is deducted from the net profit goal before measuring the percentage achievement. The Board of Directors, under the incentive compensation program, has the discretion to award a lower cash bonus than may have been received in respect of any particular year. The payment of annual cash bonuses generally occurs in March of each year in respect of achievements of the prior fiscal year. However, because the Company did not achieve the net profit target for the year ended December 31, 2009, no cash bonus will be paid in March 2010.

Compensation of Directors

First California’s non-employee directors are paid for attendance at Board meetings at the rate of $18,000 per year. In addition, the Chairman of the Board receives an additional $16,000 per year. The Company’s non-employee directors are paid for attendance at Audit Committee, Loan Committee, Balance Sheet Committee and Compensation Committee meetings at the rate of $7,000 per year for each respective committee. The Chairman of the Audit Committee receives an additional $7,000 per year and the Chairs of the other Board committees receive an additional $5,000 per year. The designated financial expert on the Audit Committee receives an additional $2,000 per year. In addition, non-employee directors may be eligible to receive approximately $15,000 of restricted stock per year that vests over three years in three equal annual installments. No award of restricted stock occurred in 2010 because the Company did not achieve the net profit target for 2009.

In July 2006, First California Bank entered into split-dollar life insurance agreements with Richard Aldridge and John Birchfield in connection with which First California Bank purchased life insurance policies for such directors. Pursuant to the terms of those agreements, First California Bank owns the life insurance policies, is entitled to the cash value of the policies and is responsible for paying the associated premiums. Under the plan, a beneficiary designated by the director is entitled to receive $250,000 of the total proceeds upon the director’s death, with First California Bank entitled to the balance. In 2009, no additional discretionary compensation was awarded to any non-employee director.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid by First California during 2009 to each of its non-employee directors.

 

Name(1)

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
   Stock
Awards(2)
($)
   Option
Awards(3)
($)
   All Other
Compensation(4)
($)
   Total
($)

Richard Aldridge

   $ 34,500    $ 15,012    $ —      $ 803    $ 50,315

Donald E. Benson

   $ 37,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 52,012

John W. Birchfield

   $ 46,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ 355    $ 61,367

Joseph N. Cohen

   $ 44,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 59,012

Robert E. Gipson

   $ 41,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 56,012

W. Douglas Hile

   $ 26,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 41,012

Antoinette T. Hubenette, M.D.

   $ 44,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 59,012

Syble R. Roberts

   $ 39,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 54,012

Thomas Tignino

   $ 41,000    $ 15,012    $ —      $ —      $ 56,012

Sung Won Sohn, Ph.D.

   $ 4,167    $ —      $ 7,844    $ —      $ 12,011

 

(1) C. G. Kum did not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director during 2009.
(2)

The amounts shown in this column represent the grant date fair value of restricted stock awards earned in respect of 2008 and issued during 2009. The number of restricted shares outstanding as of December 31, 2009

 

124


Table of Contents
 

held by each director, except Directors Hile and Sohn, is 4,221. Directors Hile and Sohn own no restricted stock as of December 31, 2009. Restricted stock granted to non-employee directors vests in three equal annual installments.

(3) The only stock options awarded to non-employee directors in 2009 was 5,000 options to Director Sohn upon his appointment to the Board. The number of options outstanding as of December 31, 2009 held by each director is: 17,009 (Aldridge), 0 (Benson), 17,009 (Birchfield), 2,500 (Cohen), 2,500 (Gipson), 0 (Hile), 2,500 (Hubenette), 17,009 (Roberts), 0 (Tignino) and 5,000 (Sohn).
(4) The amounts in this column reflect the economic value attributed to directors Aldridge and Birchfield of the life insurance benefit to such directors in 2009 with respect to life insurance policies owned by the Company.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2009 information regarding outstanding options and the number of shares available for future option grants under all of our equity compensation plans. All equity plans of FCB Bancorp, in addition to those of National Mercantile Bancorp and all outstanding option awards were assumed by First California in connection with the Mergers.

 

Plan Category

   Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,

warrants and rights
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column
(a))
     (a)    (b)    (c)

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders (1)

   828,412    $ 7.95    476,630

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

   N/A      N/A    N/A
                

Total

   828,412    $ 7.95    476,630
                

 

(1) Includes the First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan, FCFG FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan, FCFG 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan, FCFG Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan, FCFG 1994 NMB Stock Option Plan.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table provides information as of March 1, 2010 regarding our common stock and our Series A Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, or “Series A Preferred Stock,” owned by: (1) each person we know to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding common stock or outstanding Series A Preferred Stock; (2) each of our directors; (3) each of our named executive officers; and (4) all of our executive officers and directors as a group. Except as may be indicated in the footnotes to the table and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown as beneficially owned. The Series A Preferred Stock is included in the table below; however, the Series A Preferred Stock is not entitled to vote at the Special Meeting.

The Company also has issued and outstanding 25,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, or “Series B Preferred Stock”. All of the Series B Preferred Stock was issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) on December 19, 2008 in connection with the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program—Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). The

 

125


Table of Contents

Treasury is the beneficial owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and therefore, no further disclosure with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock is contained in the table below. The Series B Preferred Stock is not entitled to vote at the Special Meeting.

Except as indicated, the address of each person listed below is c/o First California Financial Group, Inc., 3027 Townsgate Road, Suite 300, Westlake Village, California 91361.

 

Name of Beneficial Owners

   Amount of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Common
Stock(1)
   Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares
    Amount of
Beneficial
Ownership of
Series A Preferred
Stock(18)
   Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Series A Preferred
Stock(18)
 

Directors and Executive Officers:

          

Richard D. Aldridge(2)(3)

   1,424,795    12.26 %   0    *   

Donald E. Benson(4)

   85,248    *      0    *   

John W. Birchfield(3)(5)

   1,475,131    12.69 %   0    *   

Joseph N. Cohen(6)

   10,622    *      0    *   

Robert E. Gipson(6)

   47,780    *      0    *   

Antoinette T. Hubenette, M.D.(6)

   14,997    *      0    *   

Syble R. Roberts(7)

   408,711    3.52 %   0    *   

Thomas Tignino(8)

   12,867    *      0    *   

Sung Won Sohn, Ph.D.

   —      *      0    *   

C. G. Kum(9)

   168,467    1.45 %   0    *   

Romolo Santarosa(10)

   43,992    *      0    *   

Cheryl Knight(11)

   11,866    *      0    *   

William A. Schack(12)

   5,861    *      0    *   

Edmund Sahakian(13)

   10,352    *      0    *   

Donald W. Macaulay(14)

   1,000    *      0    *   

All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)(15)

   2,853,034    24.55 %   0    *   

Greater than 5% stockholders not listed above:

          

James O. Pohlad(16)

   936,942    8.06 %   334    33.4 %

Robert C. Pohlad(16)

   936,941    8.06 %   333    33.3 %

William M. Pohlad(16)

   936,942    8.06 %   333    33.3 %

Carl R. Pohlad(16)(17)

   387,496    3.33 %   0    *   

Total Pohlad Family

   3,198,321    27.52 %   1,000    100 %

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of March 1, 2010 and shares of restricted common stock are deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options or warrants, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person. Unless otherwise noted in a footnote to this table, the number of shares reflected in the table includes shares held by or with such person’s spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by any other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held by a family trust as to which such person is a trustee with sole voting and investment power (or shares power with a spouse); shares held as custodian for minor children; or shares held in an Individual Retirement Account or pension plan as to which such person has pass-through voting rights and investment power.
(2) This figure includes 52,469 shares held by the Brian J. Aldridge 1991 Trust and 70,180 shares held by the Tenisha M. Aldridge 1991 Trust, of which Lynda J. Aldridge, the spouse of Richard Aldridge, is the sole trustee. Includes 14,323 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options, 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010.

 

126


Table of Contents
(3) This figure includes 868,655 shares held in trusts for which Richard D. Aldridge and John W. Birchfield are co-trustees, each having full voting rights over the entire block of shares. The 868,655 shares are held as follows: 679,531 shares are held in the James O. Birchfield 1995 Trust, 47,281 shares are held in the James O. Birchfield 1995 Trust FBO Shane O. Birchfield, 47,281 shares are held in the James O. Birchfield 1995 Trust FBO Garrett W. Birchfield, 47,281 shares are held in the James O. Birchfield 1995 Trust FBO Tenisha M. Fitzgerald, and 47,281 shares are held in the James O. Birchfield 1995 Trust FBO Brian J. Aldridge.
(4) This figure includes 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010. 64,187 of these shares have been pledged as security in a Merrill Lynch Margin Account.
(5) This figure includes 66,234 shares held by the Shane O. Birchfield Trust and 43,893 shares held by the Garrett W. Birchfield Trust, of which John W. Birchfield is the sole trustee. This figure also includes 14,323 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options, 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(6) Includes 2,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options, and 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(7) Includes 14,323 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options, and 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(8) Includes 1,765 shares of restricted common stock which vest in three equal annual installments beginning on March 19, 2009, and 3,045 shares which vest in three equal installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(9) Includes 103,121 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options and 13,805 shares of restricted common stock which vest in five equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(10) Includes 34,722 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options and 5,485 shares of restricted common stock which vest in five equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(11) Includes 7,721 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options and 4,145 shares of restricted common stock which vest in five equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(12) Includes 2,696 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options and 3,165 shares of restricted common stock which vest in five equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(13) Includes 5,802 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options and 4,200 shares of restricted common stock which vest in five equal annual installments beginning on February 25, 2010.
(14) Includes 1,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of March 1, 2010 upon exercise of stock options.
(15) The 868,655 shares beneficially owned by each of Richard D. Aldridge and John W. Birchfield, in their capacities as co-trustees of the James O. Birchfield trusts discussed in footnote (3) above, are included only once for purposes of this figure.
(16) The business address is 60 South Sixth Street, Suite 3800, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
(17) Owned in two separate revocable trusts.
(18) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible into a number of shares of common stock equal to the liquidation preference of $1,000 and any accumulated dividends thereon, divided by $5.63.

 

127


Table of Contents
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

There are no existing or proposed material transactions between the Company and any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of 5% or more of our Common Stock, or the immediate family or associates of any of the foregoing persons exceeding $120,000 between January 1, 2008 and December 31, 2009, except as indicated below.

Some of our directors and executive officers and their immediate families, as well as the companies with which they are associated, are customers of, and have had banking transactions with, us in the ordinary course of our business, and we expect to have banking transactions with such persons in the future. In our opinion, all loans and commitments to lend since January 1, 2008 were made in compliance with applicable laws, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable contemporaneous transactions with other persons of similar creditworthiness, and did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. As of December 31, 2009, deposits of related parties held by the Company amounted to approximately $100,000. As of December 31, 2009, there was one extension of credit to our directors, officers or principal shareholders, or their associates. The balance of this extension of credit was $1,907 at December 31, 2009.

Director Independence

First California has identified as independent directors the following individuals currently serving on its Board of Directors: directors Aldridge, Benson, Birchfield, Cohen, Gipson, Hubenette, Roberts, Sohn and Tignino. In making this determination, First California applied Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. First California’s Board of Directors has an audit committee and compensation committee. It did not have a nominating committee until March 2009. Prior to such time, the entire Board effectively functioned as a nominating committee. First California has determined that the independent directors identified above also qualify as independent members of its audit, compensation and governance and nominating committees and fulfill the independence requirements in connection with the nomination of directors in accordance with Rule 4350 of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Mr. Kum is also a member of the Board of Directors of First California but, as the president and chief executive officer of First California, he is not “independent.”

In making these determinations of independence, First California considered applicable Nasdaq Marketplace Rules and, with respect to members of its audit committee, SEC rules. In addition, with respect to Mr. Benson, First California considered employment relationships with affiliates of First California’s largest stockholders.

 

128


Table of Contents
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

First California engaged the independent registered public accounting firm of Moss Adams LLP as our principal accountant to audit our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009.

Audit Fees

The following table sets forth the fees for professional services billed to the Company by Moss Adams LLP and for the periods indicated:

 

     2008    2009

Audit Fees(1)

   $ 390,000    $ 431,000

Audit-Related Fees(2)

     0      175,000

Tax Fees(3)

     29,400      23,000

All Other Fees(4)

     0      0

 

(1) For professional services rendered for the audits of our consolidated financial statements, and reviews of interim financial statements included in the Company’s Forms 10-Q. These fees include the audit of internal controls over financial reporting.
(2) For certain review of registration statements filed with the SEC, and the issuance of consents and comfort letters.
(3) For corporate tax compliance, planning and advisory services.
(4) Primarily for work performed in connection with consultations regarding Sarbanes-Oxley.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

It is the policy of the Audit Committee of First California to pre-approve all services rendered by the independent auditors. All of the services rendered by Moss Adams LLP in 2009 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1)    The following consolidated financial statements of First California Financial Group, Inc. are filed as part of this Annual Report.
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the two years ended in the period ended December 31, 2009

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2009

  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(a)(2)   

Financial Statement Schedules

   Financial statement schedules other than those listed above have been omitted because they are either not applicable or the information is otherwise included.
(a)(3)   

Exhibits. The following is a list of exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report.

 

129


Table of Contents

The agreements included as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:

 

   

should not be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

 

   

may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement;

 

   

may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and

 

   

were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

First California acknowledges that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, it is responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this Form 10-K not misleading.

Additional information about the Company may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in the Company’s other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov.

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

2.1    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 15, 2006, by and among First California Financial Group, Inc., FCB Bancorp and National Mercantile Bancorp (Appendix A to the Joint Proxy Statement-Prospectus filed on February 21, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
2.2    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2009, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver of 1st Centennial Bank, First California Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Exhibit 2.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on December 8, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by reference).
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of First California Financial Group, Inc. (filed herewith).
3.2    Amended and Restated By-Laws of First California Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
3.3    Certificate of Designations with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock (included in Exhibit 3.1).
3.4    Certificate of Designations with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.1    Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2005, governing Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2035, between FCB Bancorp, as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2007, by and between First California Financial Group, Inc., as Successor to FCB Bancorp, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.3 to Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

130


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

4.3    Indenture, dated as of January 25, 2007, governing Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037, between National Mercantile Bancorp, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (Exhibit 10.4 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 12, 2007, by and between First California Financial Group, Inc., as Successor to National Mercantile, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee (Exhibit 4.5 to Form 10-K filed on April 2, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.5    Specimen of Common Stock Certificate. (Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-8 filed on March 19, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.6    Form of Capital Security Certificate evidencing the capital securities of First California Capital Trust I (Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.7    Form of Common Security Certificate evidencing common securities of First California Capital Trust I (Exhibit 4.3 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.8    Form of National Mercantile Bancorp Fixed/Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture due 2037 (Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.9    Warrant to purchase up to 599,042 shares of Common Stock, issued on December 19, 2008 (Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
4.10    Form of Certificate for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on January 16, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.1*    Employment Agreement, dated January 1, 1999, between National Mercantile Bancorp and Scott A. Montgomery (Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-4/A filed on December 5, 2006 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.2*    Letter dated June 15, 2006 amending Employment Agreement between National Mercantile Bancorp and Scott A. Montgomery (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2006 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.3*    Employment Agreement, dated June 15, 2006, between First California Financial Group, Inc. and C. G. Kum (Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.4*    First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp 2005 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 4.1 to Form S-8 filed on May 25, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.5*    Amendment No. 1 to First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp 2005 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.7 to Form S-8 filed on March 19, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

131


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.6*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile 2005 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-8 filed on May 25, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.7*    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the First California Financial Group, Inc. 2005 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile 2005 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-8 filed on May 25, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.8*    First California Financial Group, Inc. 1994 NMB Stock Option Plan (formerly known as National Mercantile Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan) (Exhibit 10.7 to Form S-4 filed on October 23, 2006 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.9*    Amendment No. 1 to First California Financial Group, Inc. 1994 NMB Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan) (Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-8 filed on March 19, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.10*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the First California Financial Group, Inc. 1994 NMB Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp 1994 Stock Option Plan) (Exhibit 10.8 to Form S-4 filed on October 23, 2006 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.11*    First California Financial Group, Inc. FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan) (Exhibit 10.1 to Form S-4/A filed on September 1, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.12*    Amendment No. 1 to First California Financial Group, Inc. FCB 2005 Stock Option Plan (formerly known as the FCB Bancorp 2005 Stock Option Plan) (Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-8 filed on March 19, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.13*    First California 2007 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (Appendix B to the Proxy Statement filed on May 30, 2007 in connection with the 2007 annual meeting of stockholders and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.14    Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 15, 2006, by and between First California Financial Group, Inc. and the Stockholders party thereto (Exhibit 10.10 to Form S-4 filed on October 23, 2006 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.15    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of National Mercantile Capital Trust I, dated as of June 27, 2001 (Exhibit 10.11 to Form S-4/A filed on January 11, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.16    Guarantee Agreement of National Mercantile Bancorp for trust preferred securities dated July 16, 2001 (Exhibit 10.12 to Form S-4/A filed on January 11, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.17    Lease, dated as of November 12, 2003, between Century Park and Mercantile National Bank relating to Suite 800 offices at 1880 Century Park East, Los Angeles, California (Exhibit 10.10 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 30, 2004 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

132


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.18    Lease, dated as of September 19, 2003, between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and Mercantile National Bank relating to offices at 3070 Bristol Street, Costa Mesa, California (Exhibit 10.11 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.19    Lease, dated as of November 12, 2003, between Century Park and Mercantile National Bank relating to ground floor offices at 1880 Century Park East, Los Angeles, California (Exhibit 10.12 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.20    Lease, dated as of March 30, 2005, between Brighton Enterprises, LLC and Mercantile National Bank relating to offices at 9601 Wilshire Boulevard, Beverly Hills, California (Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.21    Lease, dated as of September 10, 2004, between Encino Corporate Plaza, LP and Mercantile National Bank relating to offices at 16661 Ventura Boulevard, Encino, California (Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.22*    Mercantile National Bank Deferred Compensation Plan and Form of Agreement (Exhibit 10.15 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.23*    Salary Continuation Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, with Chong Guk Kum (Exhibit 10.4 to Form S-4/A filed on September 1, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.24*    Split Dollar Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, with Chong Guk Kum (Exhibit 10.5 to Form S-4/A filed on September 1, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.25*    Salary Continuation Agreement, dated May 11, 2006, with Romolo Santarosa (Exhibit 10.13 to Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.26*    Split Dollar Agreement, dated May 11, 2006, with Romolo Santarosa (Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.27*    Salary Continuation Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, with Thomas E. Anthony (Exhibit 10.6 to Form S-4/A filed on September 1, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.28*    Split Dollar Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, with Thomas E. Anthony (Exhibit 10.7 to Form S-4/A filed on September 1, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.29*    First California Bank Split Dollar Agreement, dated July 31, 2006, with John W. Birchfield (Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.30*    First California Bank Split Dollar Agreement, dated July 31, 2006, with Richard D. Aldridge (Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on August 2, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by reference).
10.31*    409A Amendment to the First California Bank Salary Continuation Agreement for Chong Guk Kum (Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.32*    409A Amendment to the First California Bank Salary Continuation Agreement for Thomas E. Anthony (Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K filed on June 7, 2006 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

133


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.33    Placement Agreement, dated January 24, 2007, among National Mercantile Bancorp, First California Capital Trust I, FTN Financial Capital Markets and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.34    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust among National Mercantile Bancorp, as sponsor, the Administrators named therein, and Wilmington Trust Company, as institutional and Delaware trustee (Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.35    Guarantee Agreement between National Mercantile Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company, as guarantee trustee (Exhibit 10.3 to Form 8-K filed on January 30, 2007 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.36    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated as of September 30, 2005, by and among Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware Trustee and as Institutional Trustee, FCB Bancorp, as Sponsor, and C. G. Kum and Romolo Santarosa, as Administrators (Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2005 by FCB Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.37*    First California Financial Group, Inc. Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-KSB filed on April 15, 2003 by National Mercantile Bancorp and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.38*    Amendment No. 1 to First California Financial Group, Inc. Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.6 to Form S-8 filed on March 19, 2007 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.39*    Form of Stock Option Agreement under the First California Financial Group, Inc. Amended 1996 NMB Stock Incentive Plan (formerly known as the National Mercantile Bancorp Amended 1996 Stock Incentive Plan) (Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-KSB filed on March 31, 2005 by National Mercantile and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.40    Letter Agreement, dated December 19, 2008, including the Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the U.S. Treasury (Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed on December 22, 2008 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.41*    409A Amendment to the First California Bank Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and C. G. Kum, dated December 29, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.42*    409A Amendment to the First California Bank Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and Romolo Santarosa, dated December 29, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.47 to Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.43*    409A Amendment to the First California Bank Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and Richard Glass, dated December 29, 2008 (filed as Exhibit 10.48 to Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

134


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.44    Lease, dated as of November 23, 2007, between Westlake Plaza Center East, LLC and First California Bank relating to Suite 300 offices at 3027 Townsgate Road, Westlake Village, California (filed as Exhibit 10.49 to Form 10-K filed on March 31, 2009 by First California Financial Group, Inc. and incorporated herein by this reference).
10.45*    Amendment to the First California Bank Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and C.G. Kum, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
10.46*    Split Dollar Agreement between the Bank and Edmond Sahakian, dated April 24, 2006 (filed herewith).
10.47*    Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Romolo Santarosa, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
10.48*    Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Edmond Sahakian, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
10.49*    Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Cheryl Knight, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
10.50*    Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and Donald Macaulay, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
10.51*    Change in Control Agreement between the Bank and William Schack, dated December 16, 2009 (filed herewith).
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Moss Adams LLP.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1    Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.1    Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section III(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.
99.2    Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section III(b)(4) of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

 

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

135


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    FIRST CALIFORNIA FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

Date: March 5, 2010

    By:   /s/    C. G. KUM        
       

C. G. Kum

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints C. G. Kum and Romolo Santarosa, and each of them severally, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact with power of substitution and resubstitution to sign in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to do any and all things and execute any and all instruments that such attorney may deem necessary or advisable under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any and all amendments hereto, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, and hereby ratifies and confirms all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, and his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    C. G. KUM        

C. G. Kum

   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   March 5, 2010

/S/    ROMOLO SANTAROSA        

Romolo Santarosa

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   March 5, 2010

/S/    RICHARD D. ALDRIDGE        

Richard D. Aldridge

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    DONALD E. BENSON        

Donald E. Benson

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    JOHN W. BIRCHFIELD        

John W. Birchfield

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    JOSEPH N. COHEN        

Joseph N. Cohen

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    ROBERT E. GIPSON        

Robert E. Gipson

   Chairman of the Board of Directors   March 5, 2010

 

136


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    ANTOINETTE HUBENETTE, M.D.        

Antoinette Hubenette, M.D.

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    SYBLE R. ROBERTS        

Syble R. Roberts

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    SUNG WON SOHN, PH.D.        

Sung Won Sohn, Ph.D.

   Director   March 5, 2010

/S/    THOMAS TIGNINO        

Thomas Tignino

   Director   March 5, 2010

 

137